Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Metrode Welding Handbook PDF
Metrode Welding Handbook PDF
Handbook
Metrode Welding Consumables
WORLDWIDE
WELDING CONSUMABLES
FOR HIGH INTEGRITY APPLICATIONS
- Power Generation
- Nuclear Industry
- Petrochemical Industry
- Offshore Industry
www.metrode.com
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Introduction to Metrode................................................................................................................................... 2
Data Sheets: Introduction and explanatory notes...........................................................................................4
B. Stainless steels............................................................................................................................................93
• Martensitic stainless steels
• Austenitic stainless steels
• 309L and 309Mo stainless steels
• Superaustenitic, lean duplex, duplex and superduplex stainless steels
www.metrode.com 1
INTRODUCTION TO METRODE
1. The company
Metrode was founded in 1963 as a privately owned company. In the subsequent years it has grown to become the UK's leading
manufacturer and supplier of alloyed welding consumables. The Company is particularly strong in those industries which require
the highest integrity from their welding consumables, such as power generation, chemical and petrochemical, offshore oil and gas,
LNG and nuclear. In the two last decades, the export market has been vigorously developed and Metrode has markets globally. It
also has an extensive overseas network of distributors and agents as well as a distribution network covering the whole of the UK.
November 2006, Metrode joined the Lincoln Electric Company as a business unit within Lincoln Electric Europe.
2. Scope
This handbook is designed to provide information on the company, its products and services and guidance on the correct choice of
welding consumables.
This 2016 edition of the Technical Handbook (revision 13) contains over 100 data sheets covering about 350 arc welding consumables.
About half of these are flux covered manual metal arc electrodes. These are complemented by a wide range of solid wires, tubular
flux cored and metal cored wires for the other popular arc welding processes. The range has applications for all industrially
significant steels and alloy systems except for titanium, magnesium, aluminium and rarer metals. Particular emphasis is currently
being devoted to developing a strategy with consumables for the power generation industries, offshore oil and gas industries, high
temperature materials in the chemical and petrochemical industries and a diverse range of nickel based alloys. Data sheets for
some fringe products are not included in this handbook, but are available on request.
3. The products
Metrode offers one of the largest ranges of alloyed welding consumables available from a single source. The products range from
those suitable for low alloy steels, through numerous diverse stainless steels, to those matching the performance of nickel-base
alloys.
All the major arc welding processes are catered for and the range covers Manual Metal Arc Electrodes (MMA/SMAW), Solid and Cored
Wires for Gas Shielded Welding (MIG/MAG/GMAW and FCAW), Solid Wires for TIG Welding (TIG/GTAW), wire/flux combinations for
Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) and strip/flux combinations for electroslag strip cladding (ESW).
The products are listed in the index at the back and more detailed information and guidance notes on selection are given in the
individual data sheets.
7. Special services
Metrode's unique know-how is always available to meet individual requirements and a number of tailor-made formulations are
developed to suit special or proprietary technical requirements.
8. Development
Metrode maintains a close awareness of future welding consumable needs to support new alloys and changing technical
requirements through its links with: the International Institute of Welding (IIW), the European Welding Association (EWA), The
Welding Institute (TWI), the American Welding Society (AWS) and a number of universities and research organisations both in the
UK and worldwide. The Company has its own development team working together with the sophisticated R&D resources within
the Lincoln Electric Company group to design new products and improve existing ones to meet the needs of the fabrication industry.
2 www.metrode.com
9. Technical support
Technical support is available to help with any aspect of consumable choice, applications or procedural guidance.
Field based staff can advise on procedural aspects and factors needed to achieve optimum performance.
Facilities are available at Metrode as well as large numbers of other Lincoln facilities worldwide for demonstration, training and
evaluation for all the major welding processes which utilise Metrode consumables.
Every batch is certified at least with chemical analysis to BS EN 10204: 3.1, with a few exceptions amongst some hardfacing/
maintenance types certified to BS EN 10204: 2.2.
Special requirements for batch testing or analysis variants are frequently satisfied with prior agreement.
It is important to take suitable precautions when welding, and to follow safe working practices. These should be based upon
information available from the Welding Manufacturers' Association leaflet and Metrode's Health and Safety booklet which may be
obtained from Metrode or our distributors. Some details may vary with specific legislation outside the UK.
Welding fume data for hazard assessment (COSHH in the UK) is included on each data sheet.
Metrode is approved to ISO 14001.
Approval and surveillance of Metrode's Quality Management Systems for design, development and manufacturing is certified by:
Lloyds Register QA to BS EN ISO 9001:2008 certificate 840131.
TÜV NORD to AD2000-Merkblatt W0/TRD 100, VdTÜV-Merkblatt 1153 & KTA 1408, certificate 07-202-1410-wp-0874/7/001.
This shall be achieved through the highest standards of product quality and customer service by:
• Ensuring that each customer’s needs are clearly defined and understood.
• Ensuring that all employees are appropriately trained in all aspects of their job with the understanding that quality is everyone’s
responsibility.
• Supplying products that satisfy each customer’s quality and reliability requirements, whilst underpinning the profitability of the
company.
• Monitoring customer satisfaction and ensuring that the customer’s wishes remain the prime focus at all time.
• Striving to continuously improve every aspect of our business by identifying processes and setting and reviewing quality
objectives.
To support this policy, Metrode operates a quality management system that complies with ISO 9001 and applicable regulatory
requirements. The system shall serve to communicate expectations, establish controls and promote a culture committed to
excellence in everything we do.
Our Quality Assurance Manager is charged with the responsibility for the implementation and maintenance of the quality system
and acts with our full authority and commitment on all matters related to quality.
www.metrode.com 3
DATA SHEETS : INTRODUCTION AND EXPLANATORY NOTES
The individual data sheets collect all of the processes (MMA, TIG, MIG, SAW and FCAW) onto a single data sheet, allowing all products
for any alloy type – eg 316L – to be seen at a glance. The front page of each data sheet provides the generic information on that
particular alloy – alloy type, materials to be welded, applications, microstructure, welding guidelines, PWHT, additional information
and products available. The data specific to the individual products – product description, specifications, analysis, mechanical
properties etc – are then given on subsequent pages.
There are three comprehensive indices at the back of the Handbook – by product designation, by consumable specification and by
base material – to aid navigation around the Handbook.
Materials to be welded
Examples are given of typical base materials for which the consumable may be used. It should not be assumed that this is a
guarantee of suitability, and should be used with caution.
Reference is made to proprietary alloy names for many base materials and we acknowledge the use of registered trade names from
Haynes International Inc, Special Metals, VDM and RA Materials Ltd.
Applications
Information is given for general guidance and in good faith, but the user should ascertain that the product is suitable for the specific
and intended purpose.
Welding guidelines
Brief guidelines on preheat, post weld heat treatment (PWHT) and any particular procedural requirements are given for each alloy.
The user is responsible for establishing a satisfactory welding procedure.
Additional information
Useful background information, procedural notes, precautions and published references are given where appropriate. Technical
profiles are also available for a number of products.
Specifications, approvals
See specification notes above. For some products which do not strictly conform to a particular specification, the nearest
specification is shown in brackets for guidance. If a required approval is not shown, contact Metrode
Composition
Composition limits are declared for almost every product in addition to typical values.
Where it is possible to meet BS EN, BS EN ISO and AWS-ASME compositions with one product, this is often reflected in tighter data
sheet limits than the individual specifications. Whilst in rare cases a batch may not satisfy all these constraints, BS EN ISO or AWS-
ASME are normally the default specifications unless agreed otherwise.
4 www.metrode.com
DATA SHEETS: INTRODUCTION AND EXPLANATORY NOTES
Operating parameters
Current ranges are based on satisfactory fusion and arc stability. Optimum conditions are influenced by variables such as welding
position, base material thickness, and heat input considerations, etc. Most electrodes operate smoothly on DC+ (positive electrode)
and for those suitable for AC a minimum OCV (open circuit voltage) is given.
Welding positions for electrodes are shown pictographically. Where vertical and overhead are indicated this usually applies to
3.2mm and smaller sizes, with 4mm practicable with skilled operators and joints with sufficient room for manipulation. Where
vertical down is indicated, this applies to 2.5mm or 3.2 with skilled operators.
Packaging data
For electrodes, the length, weight per carton (3 tins) and approximate number of pieces per carton are given, but may be subject to
change without notice. For TIG, MIG, SAW and FCW, tube, spool and coil weights are also provided. Contact Metrode for latest
information if required.
Note that Metrode electrodes are supplied in hermetically sealed tins with ring-pull opening. The integrity of this packaging is
regularly assessed according to the ASME SFA5.5 procedure. Tins provide a convenient and economic alternative to smaller units
of vacuum-packed electrodes in 'site packs' which can be supplied to order.
Redrying (rebaking or conditioning), handling and storage recommendations are given. Redrying should ensure that the unpacked
electrodes reach the recommended temperature-time conditions.
The majority of MMA electrodes are printed individually with both the designation or classification number and batch number, while
the TIG wires are marked individually with designation/classification number or together with batch number.
Fume data
To assist health and safety hazard assessment, welding fume composition is given for each product. Fume itself comprises oxides,
silicates or other complex compounds of the elements listed.
An occupational exposure limit or standard (OES) is calculated in milligrams per cubic metre breathing zone concentration. This
control value is 5mg/m3 maximum, or much lower for many alloyed consumables. For example, a significant proportion of the
chromium in fume generated by stainless covered electrodes and flux cored wire is present in hexavalent form with a limit of
0.05mg/m3, which reduces total fume OES to around 1mg/m3. In fume generated by solid stainless MIG wires, practically all
chromium is trivalent and the total fume OES is higher.
TIG and submerged arc processes generate too little fume for assessment on this basis.
In the UK, COSHH guidance relevant to welding is found in HMSO publications, EH40, EH54 and EH55.
Website
Inevitably a printed Technical Handbook is out of date soon after it has been printed. The Metrode website (www.metrode.com)
overcomes this problem because the data sheets for the most common products are all on the website and are updated as soon as
the data sheet is revised.
www.metrode.com 5
LOW ALLOY STEELS
LOW ALLOY STEELS
This section includes consumables suitable for welding general engineering and structural steels, from medium tensile grain-refined
CMn and semi-cryogenic steels (approximately –75°C) to specialised heat and creep-resistant CrMo types reaching the threshold of
stainlessness at 12%Cr.
Flux coverings of all electrodes are of all-positional basic low-hydrogen type and employ binders giving high resistance to moisture
absorption. All flux cored wires are rutile all-positional types also with low hydrogen potential. With increasing weld and base metal
strength and hardenability (or carbon equivalent), a hydrogen potential below 5ml/100g weld metal is often an essential procedural
parameter, coupled with preheat where necessary to moderate HAZ hardening or raise safety margins in thicker sections:
For guidance, preheat up to 50°C for CE < 0.40, 100°C for < 0.55, 150°C for < 0.70, 200°C for < 0.80, 250°C for 0.90 or above. However,
note that some cases require restricted preheat-interpass and also heat input control to maintain optimum strength and toughness.
High joint restraint may require higher preheats.
A full discussion of this subject is given in the following publication: N. Bailey, F.R. Coe et al: ‘Welding steels without hydrogen
cracking’, Abington Publishing, Cambridge, 1993.
The necessity for Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) varies with base and weld metal type. PWHT is normally essential to temper
the HAZ below 248HV/22HRC required by NACE for H2S service, for which electrodes giving mandatory < 1%Ni with strength and
toughness are available. Most nickel-bearing electrodes also give excellent as-welded properties at low temperatures. PWHT is
essential for creep-resisting Cr-Mo types, although the leaner low carbon variants are sometimes stress-relieved in service when used
for repairs under local preheat.
.
DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications EN / EN ISO Classifications
Cr-Mo creep resisting consumables mainly for the power generation industry
MMA Mo.B E7018-A1 E Mo B
A-10 ½Mo
TIG/MIG CMo ER70S-A1 MoSi
Chromet 1 E8018-B2 E CrMo1 B
MMA Chromet 1L E7015-B2L E CrMo1L B
Chromet 1X E8018-B2 E CrMo1 B
A-12 1¼Cr½Mo 1CrMo ER80S-G CrMo1Si
TIG/MIG
ER80S-B2 ER80S-B2 --
SAW SA 1CrMo EB2 CrMo1
FCW Cormet 1 E81T1-B2 T55T1-1C/M-1CM
Chromet 2 E9018-B3 E CrMo2 B
MMA Chromet 2L E8015-B3L E CrMo2L B
Chromet 2X E9018-B3 E CrMo2 B
2CrMo ER90S-G CrMo2Si
A-13 2¼Cr1Mo TIG/MIG
ER90S-B3 ER90S-B3 --
SAW SA 2CrMo EB3 CrMo2
Cormet 2 E91T1-B3 T62T1-1C/M-2CM
FCW
Cormet 2L E91T1-B3L T62T1-1C/M-2CML
Chromet 1V -- ECrMoV1 B
MMA
A-14 CrMoV 13CMV -- (ECrMoV1 B)
FCW Cormet 1V -- --
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product Specification
MMA Mo.B AWS E7018-A1 H4
TIG/MIG CMo AWS ER70S-A1
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 12.9 13.5 16.5
Pieces/carton 552 390 246 153
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding ovens, or 50-150ºC in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
16 7 <0.1 <0.1 <0.2 <0.1 17 5
0.5%Mo SOLID TIG AND MIG WIRE FOR CREEP RESISTING STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Copper coated solid wire for TIG and MIG.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.4
TIG - 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15 kg spool - -
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
WELDING GUIDELINES
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Preheat and interpass temperature 200°C
ASTM BS EN & DIN minimum, up to 300°C for thick sections.
A387 Gr 11 & 12 13CrMo 4-5 (1.7355) Maintain throughout welding cycle and some
A182 F11 & F12 13CrMo 4-4 (1.7335) time after completion of welding.
A217 WC6 & WC11 16CrMo 4-4 (1.7337)
A234 WP11 & WP12 11CrMo 5-5 (1.7339)
A199 T11 GS-25CrMo 4 (1.7128) PWHT
A200 T11 GS-17CrMo 5-5 (1.7357) Apart from some special applications, PWHT
A213 T11 & T12
A335 P11 & P12 will always be required. PWHT temperature is
typically 690°C with time being dependent on
section thickness.
BS
1501 Gr 620 & 621
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
1502 Gr 620
1503 Gr 620 & 621 There are Technical Profiles available which cover
1504 Gr 621 some of the consumables on this data sheet.
3100 Gr B2 Additional information is available on Chromet 1X
3604 Gr 620/440 & 621 and Cormet 1.
3059 Gr 620/460
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
APPLICATIONS
These consumables are designed for prolonged Process Product Specification
Elevated temperature service up to 550°C. Chromet 1 AWS E8018-B2
Main areas of application are associated with MMA Chromet 1L AWS E7015-B2L
steam generating power plant, eg piping, turbine Chromet 1X * AWS E8018-B2
castings, steam chests, valve bodies and boiler 1CrMo BS EN CrMo1Si
superheaters. Some of the consumables will also TIG/MIG
ER80S-B2 AWS ER80S-B2
find service in refineries where they are used for
corrosion resistance to sulphur bearing crude SA 1CrMo AWS EB2
SAW
oil at 250-450°C. Some of the consumables will LA436 BS EN ISO SA AB 1
also find applications in the chemical and petro- FCW Cormet 1 AWS E81T1-B2
chemical industries where they are used for
* Chromet 1X is the temper embrittlement resistant
resistance to hydrogen attack in the fabrication (TER) version of Chromet 1.
of hydrocrackers, coal liquefaction plant and NH3
pressure vessels operating at up to 450°C. In
the as-welded condition the consumables also
provide a useful source of 300HV hardness weld
deposit for build-up or hardsurfacing to resist
metal-to-metal wear and heavy impact.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.5M E8018-B2 H4
QW432 F-No 4
BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo1 B 3 2 H5
QW442 A-No 3
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 5518-1CM
APPROVALS TÜV
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.2 18 5
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.2 18 5
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg reel 15kg reel -- -- --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 5 0.4 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG - - - - 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel - - - -
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 5 0.4 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.4 3.2
SAW 25kg spool 25kg spool
FUME DATA
SAW fume negligible
SUB-ARC FLUX
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
LA436 is agglomerated aluminate basic flux (Boniszewski BI ~1.6) with silicon pick-up of ~0.3% and manganese pick-up of ~0.4%.
PACKAGING DATA
Metrode LA436 flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for opened drums:
< 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 300-350°C/1-2h.
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 16kg.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt%)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
20 8 < 0.5 1 <1 <1 8 5
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.5M E9018-B3 H4
QW432 F-No 4
BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo2 B 3 2 H 5
QW442 A-No 4
BS en ISO 3580-B E 6216-2C1M
APPROVALS TÜV
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.9 12.9 16.8 18.0
Pieces/carton 624 330 246 174
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 <0.1 1 <0.2 18 5
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- 5 kg tube To order 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg reel 15kg reel -- -- -- --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt%) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cu Mo OES (mg/m3)
55 5 <0.1 1.3 1.2 < 0.5 5
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.4
TIG -- -- -- -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel -- --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt%) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cu Mo OES (mg/m3)
55 5 <0.1 1.3 1.2 < 0.5 5
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.4 3.2 4.0
SAW 25kg spool 25kg spool 25kg spool
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt%) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cu Mo OES (mg/m3)
55 5 <0.1 1.3 1.2 < 0.5 5
PACKAGING DATA
Metrode LA436 flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for opened drums:
< 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 300-350°C/1-2h.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%. The wire is also suitable for
use with 100%CO2. (Note: for 100%CO2 shielding gas, voltage should be 1-2V higher.)
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.0 120 - 220A, 22 - 30V 150A, 25V 15 - 25mm
1.2 160 - 260A, 24 - 30V 190A, 25V 15 - 25mm
1.6 220 - 350A, 26 - 32V 260A, 28V 15 - 25mm
PACKAGING DATA
16kg spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Cr3 Cr6 Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
20 8 1 <1 < 0.5 <1 8 5
EN
G17CrMoV5-10 (1.7706)
GE
B50A224
APPLICATIONS
CrMoV base materials provide good creep rupture
propreties up to about 580°C, with a reasonable degree
of corrosopn resistance in superheated steam.
Typical applications for the cast materials include
valve casings ans steam turbines, general use for
boilers, pressure vessels in the power generation and
petrochemical industries
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.5M E9018-G H4
QW432 F-No --
BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMoV1 B 3 2
QW442 A-No --
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 13.8 13.5 16.8 17.4
Pieces/carton 690 408 243 165
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.2 < 0.1 18 5
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 13.5 15.0 18.0 16.5
Pieces/carton 687 396 258 153
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h. For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.2 < 0.1 18 5
ALL POSITIONAL RUTILE FLUX CORED WIRE FOR CrMoV CREEP RESISTING STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Cormet 1V (available to order) is an all-positional flux cored wire suitable for welding fixed pipework. Made using high purity
steel sheath with a metal recovery of about 90% with respect to the wire.
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 16kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Cr3 Cr6 Ni F Cu OES (mg/m3)
20 8 1 <1 < 0.5 8 <1 5
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300-350ºC/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 <0.1 1.5 <0.2 <0.1 18 5
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2
TIG -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15 kg spool -- -- --
SAW -- -- 25kg spool --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
50 5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
WELDING GUIDELINES
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Owing to the as-deposited hardness (up to 450HV)
PLATES
and the relatively poor fracture resistance of the
ASTM
martensitic 9CrMo microstructure, a preheat and
A387 grade 9
minimum interpass temperature of 200°C shall
PIPE / TUBE
be applied to ensure freedom from hydrogen
ASTM induced cracking. Properly controlled and handled
A335 grade 9
electrodes will provide weld metal with hydrogen
A234 grade WP9 (fittings)
A199 grade T9 <5ml/100g. For TIG root runs or all-TIG welds, a
A213 grades T9 lower preheat of 150°C may be acceptable.
BS
3604 grades CFS & HFS 629-470, During welding, full transformation may not be
CFS & HFS 629-590 complete within a working range of 200-350°C, so
DIN partial cooling to around 150°C is advised before
X12CrMo 9 1 (1.7386) direct transfer to PWHT, followed by NDE. If PWHT
X7CrMo 9 1 (1.7388) will be applied after complete cool out and NDE,
the preheat temperature should be maintained
FORGINGS
for some time, according to thickness, to promote
ASTM
hydrogen dispersal. The latter precaution is
A182 grade F9
A336 grade F9 less significant for the TIG and solid wire MAG
processes.
CAST
ASTM PWHT
A217 grade C12
PWHT to temper the weldment would normally
BS EN be in the range 705-780°C (eg. BS2633 710-750°C,
1504 grade 629
PD5500 740-780°C, ASME B31.3 705-760°C).
3100 grade B6
Minimum holding time recommended is two
DIN
hours. For castings the minimum suggested
GS-12CrMo 10 1 (1.7389)
PWHT temperature is lower, with temperatures as
low as 670°C being specified.
APPLICATIONS
For elevated temperature service up to 600°C, PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
with reasonable degree of corrosion resistance in
Process Product Specification
superheated steam, hot hydrogen gas and high sulphur
crude oils, where higher performance than 5%Cr- MMA Chromet 9 AWS E8015-B8
0.5%Mo steels is required. TIG/MIG /SAW 9CrMo AWS ER80S-B8
SAW SA 9CrMo AWS EB8
Used primarily for boiler superheater tubing, heat LA436 BS EN ISO SA AB 1
exchangers, piping and pressure vessels in oil refineries
and power plants.
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300-350ºC/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 <0.1 2.5 <0.2 <0.1 18 2
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 2.4 3.2
TIG -- 5 kg tube To order
MIG To order -- --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
50 4 6 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.4
SAW 25kg spool
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr 3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
50 4 6 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven, or 50 – 150°C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 <0.1 <3 <0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven, or 50 – 150°C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 <0.1 <3 <0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
SPECIFICATIONS
QW422 P-No 15E group 1
AWS A5.5M E9015-B91 H4
QW432 F-No 4
BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo91 B 3 2 H5
QW442 A-No 5
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5
Length (mm) 350
kg/carton 13.5
Pieces/carton 678
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven, or 50 – 150°C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 <0.1 <3 <0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7
PARAMETERS
Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2 DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V
SAW LA490 DC+ 2.4 420A, 28V, 390mm/min
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8/0.9/1.0/1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG 0.7 / 5 / 15 kg spools to order. 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool -- -- -- --
SAW to order to order to order 25kg spool 25kg spool
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %); TIG and SAW fume are negligible:
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cu Mo OES (mg/m3)
50 4 <0.4 6 < 0.5 0.5 5
PARAMETERS
Shielding gas Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2 DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V
SAW LA490 DC+ 2.4 420A, 28V, 390mm/min
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8/0.9/1.0/1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG 0.7 / 5 / 15 kg spools to order. 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool -- -- -- --
SAW -- -- -- 25kg spool 25kg spool
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %); TIG and SAW fume are negligible:
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cu Mo OES (mg/m3)
50 4 <0.4 6 < 0.5 0.5 5
OPERATING PARAMETERS
AC or DC+: typical 420A, 28V, 390mm/min
PACKAGING DATA
25kg moisture resistant aluminium Sahara™ bags.
If flux becomes damp, rebake at 300–350°C/ 1–2hours to restore to as-packed condition. For critical work, it is recommended to
redry to ensure <5ml H2/100g.
PA/1G PB/2F
PARAMETERS
Operability is influenced by the type of shielding gas; higher CO2 levels, up to 20%, give better arc characteristics but lower CO2 and
O2 levels produce better impact properties. The best compromise is considered to be obtained from Ar-2½%CO2 although if impact
properties are not a major concern, higher CO2 levels can be used to obtain optimum arc characteristics.
Diameter (mm) Gas flow Optimum Stickout
1.2 15 – 25 l/min DC+ 260A 28V 10 – 20mm
1.6 15 – 25 l/min DC+ 330A 29V 15 – 25mm
PACKAGING DATA
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers. 16kg spools.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt%)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
60 5 <0.5 5 < 0.1 < 0.1 5
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 (or 15 – 25%CO2) or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) welding position amp-volt rane * typical stickout
1.2 (0.045in) Positional 140-170A, 24-26V 160A, 25V 15-25mm
* Using 100%CO2 the voltage should be increased by 1-2V
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %), shielding gas 80%Ar-20%CO2:
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
18 8 < 0.5 3 3 <1 8 1.7
WELDING GUIDELINES
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Preheat-interpass range for E911 is 200-300°C.
EN/DIN Before PWHT it is preferable to cool to 100°C or
1.4905 X11CrMoWVNb 9 1 1 lower to ensure full martensite transformation.
1.4906 G-X12CrMoWVNbN 10 1 1 (cast)
ASTM
A182/A336 F911 (forgings) PWHT
A213 T911 (seamless tube) PWHT requirements are essentially the same as
A234 WP911 (fittings) for P91, which requires PWHT in the range 730-
A335 P911 (seamless pipe) 780°C. Castings are often PWHT at temperatures
A369 FP911 (forged pipe) towards the bottom of this range but the time
A387 Grade 911 (plate)
is proportionally increased to ensure sufficient
tempering. As a general rule the tempering
APPLICATIONS parameter (P), should be 21, or higher, to achieve
adequate tempering.
Electrodes for the new European creep-resistant steel
E911, which is essentially the ASTM P91 type with 1%W
P = °C+273(20+logt) x 10-3
added to increase creep strength for service up to at
(t = time in hours)
least 600°C.
Suggested conditions are 12h at 730°C or 3h at
760°C.
These consumables are mainly intended for castings,
which have a slightly higher Cr level. Castings also have
up to 1%Ni to suppress retained ferrite; in wrought
products nickel is limited to 0.4%. For microstructural RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
control and to optimise toughness after PWHT, the This alloy is closely related to the P91 alloy (data
weld metal has about 0.6%Ni added. sheet A-17) and P92 alloy (data sheet A-20). The
9CrWV TIG wire (A-20) can be used in conjunction
Applications for E911 steels include components such with Chromet 10MW. Also see alloy 921 (data
as headers, main steam piping, boiler tubes, turbine sheet A-25).
casings and steam valves in fossil fuelled power
generating plants. It may also find future use in oil
refineries and coal liquefaction and gasification plants. PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product Specification
MMA Chromet 10MW E9015-G
TIG/MIG Cormet 10MW E90C-G
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 450 450
kg/carton 13.5 16.5 16.8
Pieces/carton 399 225 159
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.2 <3 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: Ar + 2.5-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min (operability is improved at higher CO2 contents but impact properties are better with
lower CO2 contents).
Current: DC+ ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt, range Stickout
1.2 260A 28V 15-25mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %), shielding gas 80%Ar-20%CO2:
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Pb Cu OES (mg/m3)
60 5 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.1 5.0
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic low hydrogen metal powder type made on high purity core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal
hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2<10ml/100g, 300 - 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2<5ml/100g. Maximum 420° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
20 4 0.1 3 <0.2 0.1 0.1 16 1.7
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG.
PARAMETERS
Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Voltage
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.4
TIG 5kg tube
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 4 8 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 5
PWHT
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED Minimum preheat temperature 200°C with
ASTM maximum interpass temperature of 350°C;
A 213 T92 (seamless tubes) in practice a preheat-interpass range of 200
A 335 P92 (seamless pipes) – 300°C is normal. To ensure full martensite
A 387 Gr 92 (plates) transformation welds shall be cooled to ~100°C
A 182 F92 (forgings) prior to PWHT; up to 50mm wall thickness can
A 369 FP92 (forged & bored pipe) be cooled to room temperature whilst thick wall
EN 10216-2 (seamless tubes) forgings or castings should not be cooled below
X10CrWMoVNb 9-2 ~80°C prior to PWHT.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.5M E9015-B92 H4
QW422 P-No 15E group 1
BS EN ISO 3580-A E ZCrMoWVNb 9 0.5 2 B 3 2 H5 QW432 F-No 4
APPROVALS TÜV QW442 A-No 5
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven, or 50 – 150°C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.1 <3 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7
PARAMETERS
Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Typical parameters
TIG Argon DC+ 2.4 100A, 12V
MIG Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2 DC+ 1.2 260A, 26V
SAW LA490 flux DC+ 2.4 420A, 28V, 390mm/min
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8/0.9/1.0/1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2
TIG 0.7 / 5 / 15 kg Spools to order 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool -- -- --
SAW -- -- 25kg spool 25kg spool
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %); TIG and SAW fume is negligible:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
50 4 < 0.4 6 0.5 < 0.5 5
OPERATING PARAMETERS
AC or DC+: typical 420A, 28V, 390mm/min
PACKAGING DATA
25kg moisture resistant aluminium Sahara™ bags.
If flux becomes damp, rebake at 300–350°C/ 1–2hours to restore to as-packed condition. For critical work, it is recommended to
redry to ensure <5ml H2/100g.
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %), shielding gas 80%Ar-20%CO2:
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
18 8 < 0.5 3 3 <1 8 1.7
WELDING GUIDELINES
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
In many situations it is claimed that thin wall tube
ASTM can be welded without preheat; if preferred, and
A 213 T23 (seamless tubes) for thicker wall sections, preheat of 150-200°C
A 335 P23 (pipe) can be applied. Maximum interpass temperature
BS EN should be kept to 350°C.
10216 X7CrWVMoNb9-6 (proposed)
For many current applications T23 tube is put
into service in the as-welded condition. During
APPLICATIONS production of the tube the typical tempering
These consumables are designed to weld equivalent cycle applied is 760°C/30 minutes; the ASME code
‘type 23’ 2¼%Cr steels modified with tungsten, case specifies a minimum tempering temperature
vanadium, niobium, and a small boron addition to give of 730°C for base material. When it has been
improved long term creep properties. The Chromet applied PWHT in the range 715-740˚C has been
23L electrode is specifically designed for as-welded applied.
applications but can also be subject to PWHT; the flux
cored wire will typically be used on thicker wall pipe
where it is envisaged that PWHT will be applied. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
J C Vaillant, B Vandenberghe, C Zakine, J Gabrel,
The consumables are intended for high integrity W Bendick: “The T23/P23 Book” Vallourec &
service at elevated temperature so the minor alloy Mannesmann Tubes, 2006.
additions responsible for creep strength are kept
within the parent material range.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
The rupture strength of T23 can be up to twice that of Process Product Specification
T22 and interest in its use is growing as a candidate for MMA Chromet 23L E9015-G (23)
components such as waterwalls in ultra-super-critical
TIG 2CrWV ER90S-G (23)
boilers, in fossil fuelled power generating plants.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450
kg/carton 10.2 13.8 16.2
Pieces/carton 717 366 228
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven, or 50 – 150°C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.1 <3 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7
PARAMETERS
Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Typical parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 100A, 12V
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.4
TIG 5kg tube
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %); TIG fume is negligible:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 5 1.3 <0.5 <0.5 1.2 5
WB36/P36 STEEL
ALLOY TYPE PWHT
WB36 is a NiMo base material with Cu and Nb WB36 is tempered during manufacture in the
additions with good hot strength. Although temperature range 580-680°C, depending on
consumables of matching composition are not used specifications and requirements and following
compatible alternatives have been found to provide welding PWHT is required for WB36. The PWHT
the required properties. requirements will depend on a number of factors
but will normally be about 590±30°C.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
The consumables listed on this data sheet can be
used for a wide variety of applications (see also ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
data sheets A-50, A-61 and A-64) but this data sheet There is a Technical Profile P36 and the related
concentrates on the welding of: welding consumables.
DIN
15NiCuMoNb5 For offshore oil well-head process pipework and
1.6368 fittings, after PWHT these low nickel consumables
BS EN 10216-2 satisfy NACE MR0175 requirements (<1%Ni &
15NiCuMoNb5-6-4 <22HRC) intended to ensure resistance to sulphide-
1.6368 induced stress corrosion cracking in sour service,
BS 3604 combined with good sub-zero toughness.
Grade 591
ASTM Also find applications for the repair of medium
Code Case 2353 strength low alloy steel castings where a stress-
A182 F36, A213 T36 & A335, P36 relief only (rather than N+T) is to be applied.
Proprietary
WB36 (V+M) More detailed information on the products and
properties of WB36 steels are available in the
APPLICATIONS METRODE Technical Profile.
WB36 is a high temperature construction steel for
service up to 450°C; typical applications are below PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
400°C designed on the basis of tensile rather than
creep properties. It is mainly used for feedwater Process Product Specification
piping systems in place of standard carbon steels MMA 1NiMo.B AWS E9018-G
(eg.A106 grade C) in conventional and nuclear power TIG/MIG MnMo AWS ER80S-D2
stations. WB36 also finds applications for headers, SA 1NiMo (wire) AWS EF3
manifolds and fittings in power stations. SAW
LA436 (flux) BS EN SA AB 167
MICROSTRUCTURE
In the stress relieved condition the microstructure
consists of tempered ferrite/bainite.
WELDING GUIDELINES
The actual preheat and PWHT requirements will
depend on the thickness of the base material being
welded. Normally preheat/interpass temperatures
will be in the range 100-250°C depending on wall
thickness.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.9 13.5 16.8 18.0
Pieces/carton 546 369 240 171
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 150°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
14 5 0.5 <0.1 <0.2 18 5
PARAMETERS
Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
TIG Argon DC- 2.4 120A, 14V
MIG Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2 * DC+ 1.2 280A, 26V
* Ar + 5%CO2 provides the highest strength and best impact properties, see above. Other proprietary gas mixtures also suitable.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool -- -- -- --
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)(TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
PARAMETERS
Shielding Current Diameter (mm) Parameters
SAW LA436 flux DC+ 2.4 450A, 30V, 450mm/min
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.0
25kg spool
SAW 25kg spool 25kg spool 25kg spool
To order
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
50 10 <0.5 <0.5 <1.5 1.2 5
PWHT
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Cooling to <100°C before PWHT is advisable to
For advanced creep resistant steel B2 developed in ensure full transformation to martensite. PWHT:
the European COST programme in forged (FB2) or 730°C/16-24h or preferably 760°C/~4h for Chromet
cast (CB2) forms, such as GX-13CrMoCoVNbNB 9-2-1. WB2 and 730°C/24h or preferably 760°C/~6h for
Supercore WB2.
APPLICATIONS
COST alloy B2 was originally developed as a RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
turbine rotor material and its outstanding creep Equivalent solid wire is not currently available;
performance (above P91 and E911) has been nearest for compatible properties is 9CrWV
confirmed with further optimisation. Applications (P92), see data sheet A-20.
of CB2 and FB2 use are growing as a candidate
for components such as turbine rotors, vales and
casings, etc, in fossil fuelled power generating plants. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Zhuyao Zhang and Graham B Holloway “Welding
The weld metals deposited by Chromet WB2 Consumables for Advanced Boron-Cobalt Alloyed
electrode and Supercore WB2 flux cored wire are 9%Cr-Mo Creep Resisting Steels for Power
designed to match the base material composition Generation”, IIW Doc IX-2420-12, 2012.
quite closely for fabricating thick wall components
used in the construction of power plants operating
with advanced steam parameters up to at least PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
600°C. Process Product Specification
MMA Chromet WB2 E9015-G H4
FCW Supercore WB2 E91T1-G H4
E91T1-C1PZ-G-H4
MICROSTRUCTURE
In the PWHT condition, the microstructure consists
of tempered martensite.
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven, or 50 – 150°C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.1 <3 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.29M E91T1-G H4
QW432 F-No -
AWS A5.36M E91T1-C1PZ-G-H4 or E91T1-M21PZ-G-H4
(dependent on shielding gas) QW442 A-No -
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 (or 15 – 25%CO2) or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) welding position amp-volt range * typical stickout
1.2 Positional 140-170A, 24-26V 160A, 25V 15-25mm
(0.045in) Down hand 180-260A, 28-30V 210A, 30V 15-25mm
* Using 100%CO2 the voltage should be increased by 1-2V
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %), shielding gas 80%Ar-20%CO2
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
18 8 < 0.5 3 3 <1 8 1.7
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
metal during working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
14 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 0.2 < 0.1 18 5
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.0 (not 3.2)
TIG -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool -- -- -- --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 6 < 0.1 0.5 < 0.1 1.2 5
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 130-300A, 16-32V 232A, 26V 15-25mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools supplied in cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of poro-
sity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
33 12 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.5 2 5
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.8 16.8
Pieces/carton 627 405 270
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350ºC/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g.. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100– 200°C in holding ovens, or 50-150ºC in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
14 5 <0.5 <0.1 0.2 <0.1 18 5
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- 5 kg tube To order 5 kg tube To order
MIG 15kg spool -- -- -- --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
54 6 <0.1 1.5 <0.1 1.2 5
TUFMET 3NiB
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
3.5%Ni alloyed steel electrode with basic flux, metal powder
type coating on low carbon mild steel core wire. Recovery is PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G
approximately 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect
to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
metal hydrogen levels.
C Mn Si S P Ni
Min. -- 0.30 -- -- -- 3.00
SPECIFICATIONS Max. 0.10 1.25 0.80 0.020 0.030 3.75
AWS A5.5M E8018-C2 H4 Typical 0.05 0.5 0.3 0.01 0.015 3.3
BS EN ISO 2560-A E 46 6 3Ni B 42 ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
BS EN ISO 2560-B E5518-N7 P As welded or PWHT 605°C/1h(1) min typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 560-680(2) 620
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 460 540
QW432 F-No 4 QW442 A-No 10. Elongation (%) 4d 19 > 22
5d 20 25
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED Reduction of area % -- 70
3.5%Ni alloyed steels specifically for service at cryogenic Impact ISO-V(J) - 60°C -- 100
temperatures down to –80°C - 75°C 30 > 90
BS & BS EN ISO-A properties are as-welded, AWS & BS EN ISO-B after
(1)
Plate PWHT.
Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.
(2)
BS1501Grade 503 and A203 Grades D,E,F
Forgings OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
BS1503 Grade 503 and ASTM A350 Grade LF3 Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
min. A 70 80 100
Castings
max. A 110 140 180
BS1504 Grade 503 LT60 and ASTM A352 Grade LC3
Pipe PACKAGING DATA
ASTM A333 Grade 3 Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 350 380 450
APPLICATIONS kg/carton 12.0 13.5 16.8
Construction of cryogenic plant and associated pipework eg. Pieces/carton 627 393 243
petrochemical industry, demanding resistance to weld brittle
fracture when operating at temperatures down to -80°C in the STORAGE
manufacture, storage and distribution of volatile liquids and
liquified gases. 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited
As with Tufmet 2Ni.B, it can be used for welding C-Mn and low shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld
alloy steels for critical applications demanding a combination of metal during 8h working shift.
strength and reliable toughness down to temperatures in the For electrodes that have been exposed:
region of -60°C. Rebake 250-300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350°C/1-2h
For applications specifying impact properties at -100°C, the use of to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
matching 3.5%Ni weld metal may be unacceptable because of its
Storage of rebaked electrodes at 100-200°C in holding oven
sensitivity to procedure, heat input etc, which results in excessive
scatter of the impact properties. In this situation nickel-base filler or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
metals are usually recommended eg. Metrode 20.70.Nb TIG root, recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for
with Nimrod AKS or 182KS fill and cap. For all-TIG applications such opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.
as thin-wall pipework, Metrode 2Ni TIG root followed by 20.70.Nb
may be used, or 20.70.Nb throughout.
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
There is no matching TIG wire for this electrode, Metrode 2Ni TIG
MICROSTRUCTURE wire is available which is suitable for root runs (data sheet A-41).
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is ferritic with a
component of acicular ferrite for optimum toughness
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
WELDING GUIDELINES
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
Preheat and interpass temperature according to base material 14 5 <0.5 <0.1 0.2 <0.1 18 5
thickness
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.8 15.9 16.8
Pieces/carton 621 387 228 153
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
16 7 <0.1 <0.1 <0.2 17 5
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g for
longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
16 7 <0.1 <0.1 <0.2 17 5
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool -- -- -- --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5
WELDING GUIDELINES
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Preheat according to base material and thickness,
These consumables are used for a variety of high although materials likely to be welded by the
strength steels. Depending on strength requirements,
some examples are: higher strength consumables will normally
TUFMET require 100°C minimum preheat.
1NiMo With some HSLA steels interpass temperatures
API 5A L80; BS 4360 grade 55F
above 200°C may result in a reduction of strength
and toughness.
RQT 601 (Corus); HY80; Navy Q1(N).
PWHT generally dependent on base material
E11018-M
and application, the solid wire ER110S-G is not
Q1(N); HY80; RQT 701 (Corus); QT445; NAXTRA 70; Hystal77.
recommended for applications requiring PWHT.
TUFMET Further information can be found under each
3NiMo individual product.
HY80 & Q1(N);
possibly HY100 & Q2(N).
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 13.5 15.0 18.0 16.8
Pieces/carton 663 447 300 180
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven, or 50 – 150°C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
14 <7 <0.5 <0.5 0.2 18 5
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven, or 50 – 150°C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
14 <7 <0.5 <0.5 0.2 18 5
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven, or 50 – 150°C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
14 <7 <0.5 <0.5 0.2 18 5
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.0 1.2 2.4
TIG -- -- 5 kg tube
MIG 20kg spool 15kg spool --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
50 10 1 0.4 <1.5 1.2 5
1NiMo.B
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION WELDING GUIDELINES
MMA electrode with low hydrogen basic flux coating on Preheat and PWHT requirements dependent on base
high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating material.
ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels. WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
Recovery is about 120% with respect to the core wire, 65%
with respect to whole electrode. PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.5M E9018-G H4 CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
BS EN ISO 18275-A E 55 4 1NiMo B 3 2 H5 C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
Min. 0.05 1.0 -- -- -- -- 0.8 0.20 --
APPROVALS TÜV
Max. 0.12 1.4 0.5 0.020 0.025 0.3 1.2 0.50 0.10
Typical 0.07 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.01 0.1 1.0 0.4 0.05
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
QW432 F-No 4 QW442 A-No 10. PWHT 610-650°C/1-6h min typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 620-780* 640-700
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 530 ** 540-630
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED Elongation (%) 4d 17 24-30
ASTM 5d -- 21-26
Reduction of area % -- 70
A302 grades C &D.
Impact ISO-V(J) - 20°C -- 75-110
A508 class 1, 1A, 2 & 3. - 40°C -- 60
A533 grades A-D, class 1 & 2. - 60°C -- 45
AISI Hardness (HV) AW -- 220
* Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.
4130 and similar alloys. ** Meets 550MPa minimum (DIN) according to yield point.
BS
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
1501 grades 271 & 281.
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
3604 grades HFS 591 & CFS 591.
min. A 70 80 100 140
DIN max. A 110 140 180 240
15NiCuMoNb5 (1.6368).
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
APPLICATIONS Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
Designed for welding low alloy steels used for pressure kg/carton 12.9 13.5 16.8 18.0
vessels (often thick wall) and other applications where Pieces/carton 546 369 240 171
high strength must be maintained after extended, or
STORAGE
multiple, PWHT cycles. These steels may also be used
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
at modest elevated temperature and tests have shown
unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen
typically 15% reduction in tensile strength at +300°C <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
compared to the room temperature values for 1NiMo.B For electrodes that have been exposed:
weld metal. Redry 250-300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350°C/1-
It is also used for welding type 4130, and other high 2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h
strength steels, requiring good sub-zero toughness for total.
oilfield and well-head equipment. In comparison with Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200°C in holding oven
the MnMo types (data sheet A-50) 1NiMo.B has improved or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
resistance to softening at high tempering parameters. recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions
for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.
MICROSTRUCTURE
FUME DATA
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of
Fume composition, wt % typical:
tempered high strength ferrite.
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
14 5 0.5 <0.1 <0.2 <0.1 18 5
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
APPLICATIONS
Mainly used for weathering steels containing a Process Product Specification
similar controlled copper addition and claimed MMA 1NiCu.B AWS E8018-W2
to offer a three-fold improvement in corrosion TIG/MIG/SAW ER80S-W AWS ER80S-G
resistance and a more stable patina compared with SAW flux LA436 BS EN SA AB 1
plain CMn steel.
Applications include architectural structures,
bridges and exhaust gas flues, chimneys.
This weld metal also resists preferential corrosion
in seawater, particularly in arctic waters high in
oxygen and salinity, and has applications for welding
micro-alloyed and CMn steels in ice-breaker vessels
and off-shore structures.
MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is
ferritic with a high proportion of acicular ferrite for
optimum toughness.
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give hydrogen < 5ml/100g weld
metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300-350ºC/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven or 50-150ºC in heated quivers:: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
14 5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.1 18 5
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.4 2.5
TIG -- -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube --
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- --
SAW -- -- -- -- 25kg spool
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
52 8 0.2 0.5 < 0.5 1.6 5
RAILROD
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
MMA electrode for rail welding utilising basic low hydrogen
flux coating with low moisture absorption characteristics. PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
QW432 F-No - QW442 A-No - PWHT 610-650°C/1-6h typical
Tensile strength (MPa) 900
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 700
Rail steels with up to 0.8% carbon and nominal tensile Elongation (%) 4d 17
strength of > 700 MPa. Impact ISO-V(J) - 20°C 18-48
APPLICATIONS - 40°C 14-43
This electrode is especially designed for the butt welding Hardness (HV) 280
of rails with square preparation. It can also be used * For comparison, typical thermit rail weld: 8J @ 20°C, 5J @ 0°C.
for welding similar cross-sections such as bars, thick
plates, flanges, etc. The electrode is specially designed OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
to enable good fusion to the side walls to take place Diameter (mm) 3.2 5.0 6.0
without excessive slag interference. Weld metal has good min. A 100 200 240
resistance to collapse under compression by rolling loads. max. A 160 280 360
Applications include rails for rolling stock and crane rails
in dockyards, mines, steelworks and petrochemical plants. PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 3.2 * 5.0 6.0 *
Note that this technique has not been generally accepted
as an alternative to the thermit process for in-situ welding Length (mm) 350 450 450
of passenger track. kg/carton 15.0 17.7 18.3
MICROSTRUCTURE Pieces/carton 447 183 135
Mainly auto-tempered bainitic ferrite. * supplied to order
STAINLESS STEELS
Stainless steels begin with about 12%Cr, leading to a series of plain chromium steels with up to 28%Cr. At 0.1%C the leanest alloy type
410 is just martensitic, but transformation hardening is suppressed by increasing chromium in types 430 and 446, which are essentially
ferritic. Unfortunately, chromium also progressively raises the ductile-to-brittle transition temperature and restricts mechanical
properties. However, this is controlled by adding some nickel to form the basis of 12-17%Cr martensitics with greatly improved
properties, or 20-26%Cr duplex alloys (eg. data sheets B-60 to B-63).
This section deals with consumables giving compositions and properties close to those of the more common martensitic stainless
base materials. All are low hydrogen types and most have rutile flux coverings for use in the flat and H-V positions, since welds are
more common in plate, forgings and castings than fixed pipework. Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) is mandatory, particularly for
tempering the weld and HAZ of martensitic types. Procedural guidelines are given on relevant data sheets.
Excluding specialised proprietary creep-resistant 'super 12%Cr' martensitic stainless steels, the most common types can be broadly
sub-divided into 3 groups: plain chromium (410, 420), chromium-nickel soft-martensitic (CA6NM or 410NiMo), and precipitation
hardening (FV520, 17-4PH or 630). Raising carbon in 410 makes a much harder martensitic cutlery or tool steel type 420. Combining
0.15% carbon with 2% nickel turns ferritic 430 into a much stronger and tougher hybrid 431. Replacing carbon with more nickel in
alloys of up to 17%Cr gives tougher and more ductile 'soft' martensitic steels with better weldability. The new supermartensitics are
an improved extension of this group, which are currently welded using superduplex consumables.
Further additions of copper and other alloying enables these standard and proprietary alloys to be precipitation hardened during heat
treatment, making them the strongest of all stainless steels with useful ductility and toughness. Unfortunately, as alloying is raised
for strength or corrosion resistance, the as-cooled weld and HAZ may not fully transform to martensite without special PWHT. Not
far beyond this limit lie austenitic stainless steels (data sheets B-30 to B-35).
Compared with austenitic stainless steels, procedures for martensitics are complicated by the need for hydrogen cracking control
(particularly in thicker sections), and the need for PWHT which is most inconvenient for precipitation hardening types. To overcome
the need for PWHT of precipitation hardening types, two simplified alternatives are suggested with some compromise in strength:
use a leaner type 410NiMo with single PWHT, or duplex type (data sheet B-60, B-61 or B-62) and no PWHT. If required, the toughness
of matching welds in alloy 410 can be improved with a special 13%Cr-1.5%Ni variant, which might also be considered for alloy 431.
Again, a dissimilar type such as 309L (data sheet B-50) could be used without PWHT under some conditions.
Ferritic stainless steels are also produced with 12%Cr by lowering carbon and adding Al (alloy 405) or Ti (409). Hybrid utility ferritics
with controlled martensite (such as Cromweld 3CR12) have emerged more recently; a dissimilar type 309L with no PWHT is usual for
these. A specialised group of high purity 18-26% Cr+Mo superferritics are ideally welded with matching TIG filler, but rarely
encountered. The remaining heat-resistant plain 17-28%Cr ferritics are welded with matching consumables and preferably given
PWHT. Better as-welded properties are obtained using a 25%Cr-5%Ni electrode, particularly for the bulk of heavier welds.
The lower strength and non-hardenability of ferritics makes them less prone but not immune to hydrogen cracking. With increasing
chromium, ambient sensitivity to brittle cracking increases at notches or stress concentrations, so preheat is often advised for alloys
with 17%Cr or more. Grain growth in the HAZ is also a limiting feature of weldment properties particularly ductility and toughness.
The possibility of hot cracking in these and martensitic weld metals is poorly documented and in practice does not occur with the low
impurity levels typically present.
FV520-1 - -
MMA
17.4.PH/ 17.4.Cu.RL - -
B-12
FV520 FV520-B - -
TIG/MIG
17-4PH ER630 -
Consumables in this section are intended to match austenitic stainless steels, and some are modified for special service properties.
The majority of electrodes have rutile or acid-rutile flux coverings for ease of use, although improved basic types are gaining
popularity for fixed pipework. Many types have family variants optimised for particular user requirements: Supermet for downhand
and HV welds, Ultramet (rutile) for all-positional welding, Ultramet P (rutile) and Ultramet B (basic) types for pipewelding, Vertamet for
higher speed vertical-down welding, and Supercore for flux cored wires.
For normal service below about 400°C, it is common to weld low carbon 304L with 308L consumables, and Ti-stabilised 321 or
unstabilised 304 with Nb-stabilised 347, although either is suitable for any combination of these 19%Cr-9%Ni alloys. Similarly,
19%Cr-12%Ni-2.5%Mo type 316L can be used instead of 318 (Nb-stabilised 316) for 316 and 316Ti as well as parent 316L. Above about
400°C 'H' grades are usual, and these high temperature weld metals with >0.04% carbon for strength and stability are covered in
Section C. For cryogenic service, see below.
Austenitics are not thermally hardenable and in practice are annealed by quenching. Hydrogen is soluble in austenite and does not
cause weld cracking. Preheat is not needed or desirable except possibly to eliminate condensation. Interpass and heat input control
is usually more important in thinner sections to minimise distortion, since austenitics have lower thermal conductivity and higher
expansion rates than lower alloy steels. PWHT is rarely applied, although solution treatment may be specified in procedures for
upgrading castings.
Two interrelated issues have generated voluminous literature in connection with welding austenitics: ferrite and hot cracking. Only
a summary is possible here. Fully austenitic weld metal is potentially sensitive to solidification cracking during deposition as well as
microfissuring in reheated beads of multipass welds. Its prevention is helped by low heat input, controlling impurities and silicon
content and raising manganese (low silica rutile or basic fluxes are more suitable than acid rutile types here). However, when
composition balance promotes some weld metal ferrite, and in particular when ferrite is the leading phase formed during
solidification, abrupt resistance to cracking occurs - even in contaminated welds. The benefit of ferrite in weld deposits (typically
3-10FN in standard types) has been known for decades and is routinely measured and controlled in electrode production. Alternatively,
to predict ferrite from composition, Schaeffler (later Espy), DeLong and latest WRC diagrams progressively improve in accuracy.
However, the deeper significance of a primary ferritic solidification mode is shown in the Suutala diagram: above a Cr/Ni equivalent
ratio of 1.5, few welds crack. The new WRC diagram shows this boundary. Since the same principle applies to parent material, the
likelihood of cracking in autogenous or diluted welds can be checked - including those in free-machining grades with high sulphur or
selenium.
An arbitrary ferrite limit of 8-12FN is common, although ASME III (nuclear code) permits up to 18FN and castings often exceed it to
raise stress-corrosion resistance. However, for service down to –130°C, a maximum of about 8FN is desirable, or less than 5FN at
–196°C. Fully austenitic welds are therefore toughest, but 308L and 316L consumables are available with 2-5FN controlled ferrite (suffix
CF on data sheets B-37 & B-38) which meet the usual criterion of >0.38mm (15 mils) Charpy lateral expansion. Ferrite is also limited
for two other service conditions. For high temperature service (300H products in Section C) control of ferrite, carbon and total alloying
minimises formation of brittle intermetallic phases. To resist nitric acid or the Huey test, molybdenum-bearing weld metal such as
316L must contain no ferrite (suffix NF), because unlike 308L it is preferentially attacked. Modified fully austenitic 316L (data sheet
B-33) is also useful for its cryogenic and non-magnetic properties.also useful for its cryogenic and non-magnetic properties.
STAINLESS STEELS
SAW 308S92 ER308L S 19 9 L
Supercore 308L E308LT0-1/4 T 19 9 L R C/M 3
FCW Supercore 308LP E308LT1-1/4 T 19 9 L P C/M 2
Superoot 308L R308LT1-5 TS308L-R I1
Ultramet 347 E347-16 E 19 9 Nb R32
MMA
Ultramet B347 E347-15 E 19 9 Nb B 4 2
B-31 347 TIG/MIG/SAW 347S96 ER347 19 9 Nb
MIG Supermig 347Si ER347Si G 19 9 Nb Si
FCW Supercore 347 E347T0-1/4 T19 9 Nb R C/M 3
Supermet 316L E316L-17 E 19 12 3 L R 3 2
Ultramet 316L E316L-16 E 19 12 3 L R 3 2
MMA
Ultramet 316LP E316L-16 E 19 12 3 L R 11
Ultramet B316L E316L-15 E 19 12 3 L B 4 2
TIG 316S92 ER316L W 19 12 3 L
B-32 316L
MIG Supermig 316LSi ER316LSi G 19 12 3 L Si
SAW 316S92 ER316L S 19 12 3 L
Supercore 316L E316LT0-1/4 T 19 12 3 L R C/M 3
FCW Supercore 316LP E316LT1-1/4 T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2
Superoot 316L R316LT1-5 TS316L-R I1
Ultramet 316NF (E316LMn-16) E 18 15 3 L R 3 2
MMA
Ultramet B316NF (E316LMn-15) E 18 15 3 L B 4 2
B-33 316NF
TIG/MIG ER316MnNF ER316LMn 20 16 3 Mn L
FCW Supercore 316NF (E316LT0-4) (T 18 16 5 N L R C/M 3)
MMA Supermet 318 E318-17 E 19 12 3 Nb R 3 2
B-34 318
TIG/MIG/SAW 318S96 ER318 19 12 3 Nb
MMA Ultramet 317L E317L-16 E 19 13 4 N L R 3 2
B-35 317L TIG/MIG ER317L ER317L 19 13 4 L
FCW Supercore 317LP E317LT1-1/4 (T 19 13 4 N L P C/M 2)
Ultramet 308LCF E308L-16 E 19 9 L R 3 2
MMA
Ultramet B308LCF E308L-15 E 19 9 L B 4 2
B-37 308LCF TIG ER308LCF ER308L 19 9 L
SAW ER308LCF ER308L 19 9 L
FCW Supercore 308LCF E308LT1-1/4J T 19 9 L P C/M 2
Ultramet 316LCF E316L-16 T 19 9 L P C/M 2
MMA
Ultramet B316LCF E316L-15 E 19 12 3 L B 4 2
B-38 316LCF TIG ER316LCF ER316L 19 12 3 L
SAW ER316LCF ER316L 19 12 3 L
FCW Supercore 316LCF E316LT1-1/4J (T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2)
However, as a consequence of their versatility, types 309L and 309Mo have also become two of the most widely used consumables
for dissimilar metal welds. A 309L type is most appropriate where one side of a joint is a stainless steel and the other side mild or low
alloy steel. The 12%Cr utility ferritics are also usually welded with this type. Consumables of type 309Mo have considerably greater
tolerance to dilution conferred by a higher ferrite content and for many applications they compete effectively with type 312 (data
sheet E-22).
Nb-stabilised type 309Nb should be used more cautiously because the presence of niobium can make this weld metal more prone to
hot cracking than the others if dilution conditions lead to a microstructure without ferrite. As a result of the embrittlement of ferrite,
PWHT is avoided for 309L types unless some reduction of ductility or toughness is acceptable. In conjunction with higher carbon base
materials, PWHT can also intensify carbide precipitation at the fusion boundary. Again, there are reasons to suspect that the
presence of Nb may exaggerate this effect.
For the above and other reasons, 309L types are not used in weldments for service at temperatures above about 300°C, or lower than
about –50°C. In these cases, nickel-base weld metal is used (see data sheets D-10 and D-11). A specially controlled type (suffix CF) is
available to match as closely as possible the heat-resisting parent alloy type 309 (data sheet C-21). Also see the 308Mo (armour
welding), 307 and 312 types in Section E for general purpose dissimilar welding applications.
Duplex types are sub-divided into three groups based on their typical pitting resistance equivalent, PRE (%Cr + 3.3%Mo + 16%N).
Standard duplex types with typically 22%Cr have a PRE of around 35 and superduplex types with typically 25%Cr have a PRE above
40. Parent material composition and processing is designed to give a microstructure balanced with 50:50 ferrite and austenite. Weld
metals have similar composition except that nickel is increased to control ferrite in the as-welded condition within a desirable range
of 25-60% for optimum mechanical and corrosion properties. Nitrogen additions also play an essential role in promoting austenite
re-formation in weld metal and parent HAZ, as well as raising the pitting resistance.
In welding standard duplex alloys in general fabrication, procedures similar to the standard austenitics are usually satisfactory.
However, these alloys are frequently used for pipework in which root corrosion performance is critical and this requires more stringent
procedural control. Such controls are even more important for the superduplex alloys. Technical profiles are available which give
STAINLESS STEELS
guidance on these issues.
The superaustenitic stainless steels occupy a region of alloying between the standard austenitics and nickel-base alloys. (In nickel
base alloys, nickel rather than iron forms the major balance of alloying). Since these alloys are fully austenitic, controlled interpass
temperatures and heat input are desirable to minimise any possibility of hot cracking. Note that although a matching electrode type
20.18.6.Cu.R is available for the most common 6%Mo superaustenitic type S31254, this is only used when post-weld solution treatment
is carried out. Otherwise S31254, and other superaustenitic alloys, are normally welded with overmatching nickel base types (Section
D).
STAINLESS STEELS
12%Cr (410) martensitic stainless steel; the In the PWHT condition the microstructure
13.1.BMP electrode also has 1.5%Ni. consists of tempered martensite with some
retained ferrite.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
wrought cast
ASTM 410, 403 A487 grade CA15 WELDING GUIDELINES
UNS S41000, S40300 Preheat of 150-250°C is required for heavier
DIN 1.4006 (X10Cr13) 1.4006 (G-X10Cr13) sections. Following welding, components should
1.4000, 1.4024 be cooled to room temperature before PWHT.
BS 410S21 (En56A) 410C21 Weld metal and HAZ’s have poor ductility and
403S17 toughness in the as-welded condition, careful
The 13.1.BMP with 1.5%Ni is also suitable for ASTM handling is recommended prior to PWHT to
A487 CA15M and DIN 1.4008 (G-X8CrNi13). minimise physical shock.
APPLICATIONS
These consumables are designed for welding wrought PWHT
or cast martensitic 12%Cr (type 410) stainless steel.
Plain 410 - A typical industrial PWHT following
Fabrication welds of matching composition such as this
welding for plain 410, consists of slowly cooling
must be tempered by appropriate PWHT, owing to high
to room temperature to allow full transformation
hardness (~450HV) and low ductility in the as-welded
to take place (range is Ms-350°C Mf-100°C), then
condition. Conventional 410 has variable toughness
temper at 680-760°C followed by air cool. To
but following PWHT the 13.1.BMP electrode with 1.5%Ni
ensure <22HRC (NACE) in the weld area, PWHT at
has good impact properties down to –10°C or lower
745°C is preferred.
depending on the heat treatment schedule.
13.1.BMP – The optimum properties are obtained
Plain 12%Cr steels are the most simple and economic
after PWHT at around 700°C, close to the Ac1
alloys with stainless properties. Variants with Ti (409),
temperature for this weld metal, which (due
Al (405) or low carbon (410S) are more or less fully ferritic
to the added nickel) has a lower Ac1 than plain
with typically lower strength than type 410. These
410. If needed PWHT time can be extended but
types, and the newer «utility ferritics», are normally
higher temperatures may cause re-hardening
welded without PWHT using 309/309L consumables
with fresh martensite formation on cool-out.
(data sheet B-50). The same applies to type 410 when
Superior toughness can be achieved with a
PWHT is not practicable.
double temper (cool to ambient between cycles)
Type 410 contains just sufficient carbon to enable
and this is recommended to conform to NACE,
air-hardening transformation to a predominantly
22HRC maximum.
martensitic microstructure. Structural properties
below ambient are limited by its relatively high ductile-
brittle transition temperature (particularly weldments), PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
and up to about 550ºC by its modest creep resistance.
It has useful resistance to general corrosion in non- Process Product Specification
aggressive media, sulphide-induced SCC in sour crude 13.RMP AWS E410-26
MMA
oil service, and oxidation up to about 800°C. 13.1.BMP DIN E 13 1 MPB
Typical applications include hydrocrackers, reaction TIG/MIG 12Cr AWS ER410
vessels, distillation plants and associated pipework in
refineries; furnace parts, linings; surfacing run-out rolls
in steel mills; cast valve bodies, turbine parts and burner
nozzles.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile metal powder MMA electrode made on pure low carbon core wire.
Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
STAINLESS STEELS
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E410-26
QW432 F-No 1
BS EN ISO 3581 E 13 R 5 2
QW442 A-No 6
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 300 – 350°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
20 2 <0.5 3 <0.2 <0.1 <0.1 18 1.7
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4 (E410-15) QW432 F-No 1
Nearest classifications QW442 A-No 6
BS EN ISO 3581 (E 13 B 5 2)
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.4
TIG -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt%) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 4 8 <0.1 <0.5 5
STAINLESS STEELS
WELDING GUIDELINES
12%Cr-4.5%Ni-0.5%Mo (410NiMo) soft martensitic Preheat-interpass range of 100-200°C is
alloy. recommended to allow martensite transformation
during welding. Cool to room temperature before
PWHT.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
wrought cast
ASTM F6NM CA6NM PWHT
UNS S41500 For maximum resistance to sulphide-induced SCC
BS EN / DIN 1.4313 G-X5CrNi 13 4 in sour oil conditions NACE MR0175 specifies a
BS -- 425C11 hardness of <23HRc. This is often difficult to achieve
because weld metal and HAZ are very resistant to
AFNOR -- Z6 CND 1304-M
softening by PWHT. A double temper for 5-10h
is necessary. Common practice is 675°C/10h +
APPLICATIONS 605ºC/10h with intermediate air cool to ambient.
High strength (>760MPa) martensitic stainless steel Recent work indicates 650ºC + 620°C is optimum,
with better resistance to corrosion, hydro-cavitation, and that intermediate air cooling to ambient or
sulphide-induced SCC, and good sub-zero toughness lower is essential. Another authority suggests
when compared with plain 12%Cr steels (e.g. type 410/ raising the first PWHT cycle for full austenitisation
CA15). anneal at 770°C/2h prior to final temper. Control of
Weld metal of this type greatly overmatches the distortion may be more critical in this case. In the
strength of equivalent parent material and is case of the Supercore 410NiMo flux cored wire it
remarkably resistant to softening during PWHT. These has not been possible to reduce the hardness to
properties can be exploited for welding martensitic 23HRC irrespective of the PWHT carried out.
precipitation-hardening alloys if corrosion conditions If 410NiMo consumables are considered for welding
are compatible with lower alloy weld metal, with plain 12Cr martensitic stainless steels such as type
the advantage of a single PWHT at 450-620°C for 410 or CA15, the PWHT should not exceed about
tempering. The 410NiMo consumables are also used 650°C unless a second temper at 590-620°C is
for overlaying mild and CMn steels. applied.
13%Cr-4%Ni alloys are used in cast or forged form
for hydraulic turbines, valve bodies, pump bowls,
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
compressor cones, impellers and high pressure pipes
in power generation, offshore oil, chemical and Process Product Specification
petrochemical industries. 13.4.Mo.L.R AWS E410NiMo-26
MMA
13.4.Mo.L.B AWS E410NiMo-25
TIG/MIG ER410NiMo AWS ER410NiMo
MICROSTRUCTURE
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of FCW Supercore 410NiMo AWS E410NiMoT1-1/4
tempered martensite with some retained austenite.
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E410NiMo-25* * 2005 Edition QW432 F-No 1
BS EN ISO 3581 E 13 4 B 6 2 QW442 A-No 6
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.6 14.1 18.0 17.1
Pieces/carton 570 330 261 156
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 300 – 350°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
18 2 0.5 3 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 18 1.7
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4
TIG -- 2.5 kg tube To order 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool -- -- --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
54 5 8 3.2 <0.5 <0.5 5
STAINLESS STEELS
AWS A5.22M E410NiMoT1-1/4 QW432 F-No 1
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 13 4 P C/M 2 QW442 A-No 6
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS410NiMo-FB1
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min.
Current DC+ve parameters as below (for 100%CO2 increase voltage by 1-3V):
Diameter (mm) range typical stickout
1.2 150-280A, 25-32V 180A, 29V 15-25mm
1.6 200-350A, 26-34V 260A, 30V 15-25mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt %
Fe Mn CrVI Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
18 3 2.5 1 0.2 <0.5 2
MARTENSITIC PRECIPITATION
HARDENING STAINLESS STEELS
STAINLESS STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile metal powder coating on pure low carbon steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating gives very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
There are no national specifications for this electrode. QW432 F-No --
QW442 A-No --
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
15 3 0.5 4 0.8 0.2 <0.1 18 1.2
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile metal powder coating on pure low carbon steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating gives very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.3 15.0 18.6
Pieces/carton 528 345 246
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 300 – 350°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
15 3 0.5 4 0.8 0.2 <0.1 18 1.2
STAINLESS STEELS
There are no national specifications for this electrode. QW432 F-No --
QW442 A-No --
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.4 3.2
TIG 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
52 4 11 4 <0.5 2.7 4.5
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.4
TIG 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
50 4 13 3.5 <0.5 5.5 3.6
STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES
308L austenitic stainless steels for joining 304L base No preheat, maximum interpass temperature
materials. 250°C; no PWHT required.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
There is a Technical Profile available on sub-arc
ASTM BS EN & DIN welding with 308S92. There is also additional
304L 1.4306 information available covering the Supercore flux
304 1.4301
304LN
cored wires.
1.4311
CF3 1.4308
CF8 1.4541
321 1.4543/1.4561/1.4550 RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
347 308L stainless steel consumables for LNG, and
other cryogenic applications, are in data sheet
BS UNS B-37. Stainless steel consumables for high
304S11 S30403 temperature applications on 304H can be found
304S15/16/31 S30400 in data sheets C-10 or C-12.
304S61 S30453
304C12 S32100
304C15 S34700
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
321S31
347S31 Process Product Specification
Supermet 308L AWS E308L-17
Ultramet 308L AWS E308L-16
APPLICATIONS MMA
Ultramet B308L AWS E308L-15
Used to weld 18/8 stainless steels including 301, 302,
303, nitrogen bearing 304LN and titanium stabilised 321. Ultramet 308LP AWS E308L-16
Service temperatures are typically –100°C to about TIG 308S92 AWS ER308L
400°C. MIG Supermig 308LSi AWS ER308LSi
Applications include food, brewery, pharmaceutical 308S92 AWS ER308L
equipment, architectural and general fabrication, and
SAW P2007 BS EN SA AF2
nuclear engineering.
The 308L consumables covered here are not suitable SSB BS EN SA AF2
for 304/304H in elevated temperature structural Supercore 308L AWS E308LT0-1/4
applications, see data sheets C-10 and C-12. For FCW Supercore 308LP AWS E308LT1-1/4
cryogenic applications (–196°C) see data sheet B-37. Superoot 308L AWS R308LT1-5
MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, normally in
the range 3-12FN depending on the application.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M E308L-17 ASME IX QUALIFICATION
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 L R 3 2 QW432 F-No 5
Approvals TÜV QW442 A-No 8
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E308L-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 L R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8
Approvals TÜV
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 17.1
Pieces/carton 726 414 261 171
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308L but this does not affect the OES.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode – designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and high purity 304L
core wire. Ultramet B308L is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications including
fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5
Pieces/carton 700 405 266
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308L but this does not affect the OES.
STAINLESS STEELS
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.0 2.5 3.2
Length (mm) 300 300 350
kg/carton 11.7 12.0 14.1
Pieces/carton 1086 702 447
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308L but this does not affect the OES.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2 4.0
TIG (308S92) -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube --
MIG (Supermig 308LSi) 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel -- -- -- -- --
SAW (308S92) -- -- -- -- -- 25kg spool 25kg spool 25kg spool
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 3.1
STAINLESS STEELS
The Supercore 308L wire is not suitable for applications requiring PWHT or solution annealing – for these applications, it is
recommended that Supercore 308LP is used.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm
1.2P 120 – 250A, 22 – 32V 150A, 25V 15 – 20mm
1.6 200 – 350A, 26 – 36V 250A, 30V 15 – 25mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
12 6 1 7 1 <1 12 1
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.2
TIG 1 kg tube
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt%)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
32 12 8 16 <0.5 < 0.5 -- 3.1
STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
347 austenitic stainless steel for joining 321 and 347 Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite,
base materials. normally in the range 3-12FN.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.5
Pieces/carton 660 399 261 159
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.8 5 <0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B347 but this does not affect the OES.
122 www.metrode.com DS B-31-ULTRAMET 347 | Rev. 01-03/16
ULTRAMET B347
BASIC PIPE-WELDING ELECTRODE FOR 321/347
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. Designed to give good moisture resistance
and hence freedom from weld porosity. The electrode is particularly suited to positional welding of fixed pipework qualified in
the ASME 5G/6G position and is tolerant to adverse wind and draughts under site conditions. Compared with rutile types, the
basic flux gives a more convex fillet bead profile and although the slag does not self-lift, it is easily removed and gives welds of
STAINLESS STEELS
exceptional appearance and quality.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E347-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 Nb B 4 2 QW442 A-No 8
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.8 5 <0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B347 but this does not affect the OES.
347S96 (TIG, MIG & sub-arc) Supermig 347Si (MIG) QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.9M ER347 ER347Si QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 Nb G 19 9 Nb Si
W=TIG, G=MIG, S=SAW
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS347 SS347 Si
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- 2.5 kg tube To order 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- -- --
SAW -- -- 25kg spool -- 25kg spool 25kg spool
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 16 8 <0.5 <0.5 3.1
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.22M E347T0-1/4 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 17633-A T19 9 Nb R C/M 3 QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS347-FB0
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85% argon.
The wire is suitable for use on CO2 but with some loss of cosmetic appearance and increased spatter.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below (for 100%CO2 increase voltage by 2-3V):
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt %
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
17 11 2 4 5 <1 5 1
MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, normally in
the range 2-10FN depending on the application.
WELDING GUIDELINES
No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250°C;
no PWHT required.
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E316L-17 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 12 3 L R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8
Approvals TÜV
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E316L-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 12 3 L B 4 2 QW442 A-No 8
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.0 2.5 3.2
Length (mm) 300 300 350
kg/carton 11.7 12.3 14.4
Pieces/carton 1089 747 459
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 7 5 1 0.5 < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316L but this does not affect the OES.
STAINLESS STEELS
316S92 (TIG & sub-arc) Supermig 316LSi (MIG) QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.9M ER316L ER316LSi QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 12 3 L G 19 12 3 LSi
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS316L SS316LSi
Approvals TÜV, LRS TÜV, LRS
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG (316S92) To order -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG (Supermig 316LSi) 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel -- -- -- --
SAW (316S92) -- -- -- -- -- -- 25kg spool 25kg spool
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
30 12 15 11 1.5 < 0.5 3.3
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: Either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not
exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
0.9 (Supercore 316L only) 75 – 170A, 20 – 30V 120A, 26V 15 – 20mm
1.2 120 – 280A, 21 – 35V 180A, 28V 15 – 20mm
1.2P 120 – 250A, 20 – 32V 160A, 26V 15 – 20mm
1.6 200 – 350A, 26 – 36V 250A, 30V 15 – 25mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
13.5 1.5 1.5 7.5 1 <1 11 1.2
STAINLESS STEELS
Metal recovery is 90% with respect to the whole wire.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.2
TIG 1 kg tube
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt%)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cu F OES (mg/m3) OES (mg/m3)
30 12 11 15 < 0.5 -- 3.3 3.1
ALLOY TYPE
Nil-ferrite, modified 316L alloy for non-magnetic, Fully austenitic.
cryogenic and nitric acid applications.
WELDING GUIDELINES
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED No preheat required, and maximum interpass
For type 316L and similar parent materials where temperature 150°C.
ferrite-free and non-magnetic weld metal is required;
also suitable for 304/304L and 316/316L for cryogenic ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
service. ASTM A262 practice C (Huey) corrosion test
May be suitable for welding 200 series stainless steels, (immersion in boiling, 65%, nitric acid for five
eg. UNS S20910 (XM-19), Nitronic 50 (Armco) and other. 48 hour periods): typical corrosion rates are
nitrogen strengthened stainless steels. 0.7–1.2µm/48hr (0.13-0.22mm/year). Stamicarbon
requirement is 3.3µm/48hr.
APPLICATIONS
The high nickel and nitrogen levels provide a fully
austenitic and non-magnetic weld deposit with RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
maximum magnetic permeability of 1.01. A typical The 310L and 904L alloys may also be useful for
tensile strength above 600MPa is also achieved by low magnetic permeability applications.
means of the controlled level of nitrogen. A high
manganese content ensures freedom from micro-
fissuring in the ferrite-free weld metal. PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product Specification
Applications exploiting non-magnetic properties
Ultramet 316NF BS EN E 18 15 3 L R 3 2
include welding of 316L fittings for minesweepers and MMA
Ultramet B316NF BS EN E 18 15 3 L B 4 2
offshore downhole instrumentation collars.
TIG/MIG ER316MnNF BS EN 20 16 3 Mn N L
The fully austenitic microstructure gives excellent FCW Supercore 316NF (BS EN T 18 16 5 N L R C/M 3)
strength and toughness at cryogenic temperatures
for joining 304L and 316L LPG and LNG storage vessels.
Useful toughness is also maintained down to liquid
helium temperatures -269°C (4°K) for superconducting
applications. Impact testing procedures at this
temperature are complex and expensive, with results of
questionable validity. To qualify the toughness of weld
metal for service at 4°K, the ASME Code Committee
has proposed >0.53mm (21mils) at –196°C (77°K). This
proposal is based on correlations between fracture
toughness and Charpy data at these temperatures.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.4M (E316LMn-16) Nearest classification QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 18 15 3 L R 3 2 This is nearest because the electrode
does not strictly conform to AWS
STAINLESS STEELS
AWS A5.9M ER316LMn QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A 20 16 3 Mn N L QW442 A-No --
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.4
TIG -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool -- --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
26 22 15 13 1.5 < 0.5 3.3
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%.
The wire is suitable for use on 100%CO2 with some loss of cosmetic appearance and increased spatter.
Current: DC+ve parameters as below (for 100%CO2 increase voltage by ~3V):
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 130A-25V to 280A-34V 180A-29V 12-20mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 12.5kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
12 18 2 4 4 <1 6 1.2
STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES
Nb stabilised, Mo-bearing stainless steel. No preheat, maximum interpass temperature
250°C.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
wrought cast
ASTM/ASME 316Ti, 316Cb CF10MC Supermet 318 is not recommended for cryogenic
DIN & BS EN 1.4571 / 1.4573 1.4579 / 1.4581
applications, nor elevated temperature structural
service.
1.4580 / 1.4583
BS 320S31 / 33 318C17
UNS S31635, RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
31640
The 316L consumables can be used for many of the
same base materials and applications (data sheet
APPLICATIONS B-32). For cryogenic applications see controlled
Use to weld titanium or niobium-stabilised grades of ferrite 316L consumables (data sheet B-32) and for
molybdenum-bearing austenite stainless steels, or elevated temperature see 316H (C-13) or 16.8.2 (C-12)
as an alternative electrode for unstabilised grades consumables.
such as 316/316L. It is not recommended for structural
service above about 400°C.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
It is also used for depositing corrosion resistance Process Product Specification
overlays and valve seat inlays on medium carbon alloy
MMA Supermet 318 AWS E318-17
steels, and for this reason the electrode is normally
supplied with a typical ferrite content of 3-14FN. TIG/MIG 318S96 AWS ER318
SAW 318S96 AWS ER318
P2007 BS EN SA AF2
MICROSTRUCTURE
SSB BS EN SA AF2
Austenite with 3-14FN (3-12% ferrite), typically 10FN.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile-aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low (<0..025%) typical carbon levels.
Designed for ease of use, exceptional weld bead appearance, and high weld metal integrity, primarily in the downhand and H-V
welding positions. Smaller sizes up to 3.2mm offer excellent all-positional operability.
Low hydrogen manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity.
STAINLESS STEELS
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 14.1 13.2 18.0
Pieces/carton 564 387 237 165
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 7 1 5 0.5 <0.2 16 1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
STAINLESS STEELS
AWS A5.9M ER318
QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 12 3 Nb
QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS318
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4
TIG -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool -- -- --
SAW -- -- -- 25kg spool
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
30 12 15 11 1.5 <0.5 3.3
STAINLESS STEELS
technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E317L-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 13 4 N L R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8
SPECIFICATIONS
STAINLESS STEELS
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.4
TIG -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool -- --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible):
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
28 12 12 15 2 <0.5 1
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.22M E317LT1-1/4 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 17633-A (T 19 13 4 N L P C/M 2) Nearest classification QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS317L-FB1
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg spool.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
17 10 1.5 3 5 <1 5 1
MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 2-5FN (3-
8FN for solid wires).
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E308L-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 L R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308LCF but this does not affect the OES
STAINLESS STEELS
AWS A5.9M ER308L QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 L QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS308L
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
SAW -- -- 25kg spool 25kg spool
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 3.1
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
CCurrent: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V (downhand)
1.2 15 – 25mm
150A, 25V (positional) 15 – 20mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
17 10 1.5 3 5 <1 5 1
STAINLESS STEELS
WELDING GUIDELINES
Controlled ferrite 316L austenitic stainless steels No preheat, maximum interpass temperature
for joining 316L base materials used in cryogenic 250°C (300°C may be acceptable on thicker
applications. section material); no PWHT required.
For optimum impact properties use heat inputs
at the higher end of the allowable ranges.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM BS EN & DIN
316L 1.4404 / 1.4401 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
316 1.4436 There is a Technical Profile covering the use
316LN 1.4406 / 1.4429 of the controlled ferrite consumables for LNG
CF3M 1.4408 applications.
CF8M 1.4437
G B Holloway et al ‘Stainless steel arc welding
BS UNS consumables for cryogenic applications.’
316S11 / 13 S 31603
316S16 / 31 / 33 S 31600
Stainless Steel World America 2004 Conference,
316S61 S 31653 Houston, 2004.
316C12
316C16 / 71
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
General purpose 316L stainless steel consumables
APPLICATIONS are in data sheet B-32. Stainless steel
consumables for high temperature applications
These consumables are used for Mo bearing austenitic
on 316H can be found in data sheets C-12 or C-13.
stainless steels with 1.5 – 3% Mo. Type 316/316L steels
are widely used for their good resistance to pitting,
many acids and general corrosion. . The controlled
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
ferrite SMAW electrodes and flux cored wires are
specifically designed for cryogenic service; they are not Process Product Specification
batch selected consumables. Ultramet 316LCF AWS E316L-16
MMA
Ultramet B316LCF AWS E316L-15
Applications include pipework and vessels subject to
TIG ER316LCF AWS ER316L
cryogenic service (-196°C) eg LNG.
ER316LCF AWS ER316L
SAW
Standard 316L consumables for general purpose P2007 BS EN SA AF2
fabrication can be found in data sheet B-32. The 316L FCW Supercore 316LCF AWS E316LT1-1/4J
consumables covered here are not suitable for 316/316H
in elevated temperature structural applications, see
data sheets C-12 and C-13.
MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 2-5FN (3-
8FN for solid wires).
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E316L-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 (E 19 12 3 L B 4 2) Nearest classification QW442 A-No 8
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 17.4
Pieces/carton 669 396 255
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift
of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended
ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 7 5 1 0.5 < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316LCF but this does not affect the OES.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
SAW -- -- 25kg spool --
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt%), (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
30 12 15 11 1.5 < 0.5 3.3
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.22M E316LT1-1/4J QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 17633-A (T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2) Nearest classification QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS316L-FB1
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V (downhand)
1.2 15 – 20mm
150A, 25V (positional) 160A, 26V
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
14 12 2.5 4 4 <1 5 1.2
904L is a nominally 20%Cr-25%Ni-5%Mo-2%Cu fully In the as-welded condition the weld metal
austenitic alloy with good corrosion resistance. microstructure is fully austenitic.
APPLICATIONS
These consumables give a fully austenitic, low carbon
weld metal with molybdenum and copper, with good
resistance to corrosion in sulphuric, phosphoric and
other inorganic and organic acids.
STAINLESS STEELS
AWS A5.4M E385-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 20 25 5 Cu N L R 5 2 QW442 A-No 9
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 14.1
Pieces/carton 504 360 213
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 8 2 7 1.5 0.5 18 0.7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B904L but this does not affect the OES.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 14.1
Pieces/carton 471 359 273
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 8 2 7 1.5 0.5 18 0.7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B904L but this does not affect the OES.
STAINLESS STEELS
AWS A5.9M ER385 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A 20 25 5 Cu L QW442 A-No 9
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS385
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4
TIG -- 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
28 13 16 20 3 2.5 2.5
STAINLESS STEELS
still need to be controlled.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E320LR-15 QW432 F-No 5
QW442 A-No 9
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 300° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
5 5 2 6 1 1 20 0.8
STAINLESS STEELS
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M (E383-15) QW432 F-No 5
Does not strictly conform; Ni & Cu are higher in E825L-15 compared to the E383-15 classification (This is nearest because the electrode
does not strictly conform to AWS.
DIN EL-NiCr28Mo
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 300° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
4 5 3 7 1 1 20 0.7
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding of 825 and alloy 20 type materials. The 82-50 wire only has a nominal 21%Cr and so is not
suitable for alloy 28. Note MIG wire is to order only.
STAINLESS STEELS
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.4
TIG -- 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
MIG (To order) 15kg spool -- --
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt%), (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
23 2 19 29 2 3 1.7
STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
Low carbon 25%Cr-20%Ni (310L) for corrosion Fully austenitic.
resisting applications.
WELDING GUIDELINES
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED No preheat is required. Owing to the inherent
BS EN / DIN hot cracking susceptibility of fully austenitic weld
X1CrNi25 21 (1.4335) metal it is desirable to keep interpass temperature
AFNOR below 150°C and heat input below 1.5kJ/mm..
Z1 CN 25 20
Z2 CN 25 20 M (cast) RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
Proprietary The standard 310 alloy, with 0.1%C (data sheet
2RE10 (Sandvik) C-30) is related but is used for entirely different
Uranus 65 (Usinor Industeel)) high temperature applications and the two alloys
Cronifer 2521LC (Krupp VDM) cannot be interchanged.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
9 10 2 7.5 <0.2 18 0.6
STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
25%Cr-22%Ni-2.5%Mo-0.15%N (alloy 310MoLN) In the as-welded condition the microstructure is
austenitic corrosion resistant alloy. fully austenitic. Typical magnetic permeability is
<1.01.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
WELDING GUIDELINES
AISI
No preheat required and interpass should be
310MoLN
controlled to 150°C maximum. It is also desirable
AFNOR
for heat input to be limited to a maximum of 1.5kJ/
Z1 CND 25.22.Az
mm, particularly with 4mm diameter electrodes.
UNS
S31050
DIN / EN ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
1.4465 (X2CrNiMoN 25-25-2) The alloy has excellent resistance to the ASTM
1.4466 (X1CrNiMoN 25-22-2) A262 practice C corrosion test (Huey test). Typically
Proprietary required to meet <0.16g/m2/h (0.18mm/year), and
Uranus 25 22 2 (Usinor Industeel) selective attack <0.07mm.
2RE69, 3R60U.G (Sandvik)
Cronifer 25.25.LCN (VDM)
HR3ELM (Sumitomo)
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product Specification
MMA Ultramet B310MoLN BS EN: E 25 22 2 NLB
APPLICATIONS
Ultramet B310MoLN is used primarily for welding
similar wrought or cast 310MoLN parent alloys. It
is particularly suited to positional welding, including
fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position,
in material thickness from 3mm up to the heaviest
sections.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.8 13.8
Pieces/carton 465 375 21.0
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 300° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
9 10 2 7.5 <0.2 18 0.6
20.18.6.CU.R
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION WELDING GUIDELINES
STAINLESS STEELS
MMA electrode with basic-rutile flux system, including Preheat not required. Interpass temperature is restricted
to minimise the possibility of hot cracking in the parent
alloying, made on high purity stainless steel core wire. HAZ. In susceptible castings, buttering with 100°C
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire and 65% maximum interpass temperature and <1.0kJ/mm heat input
with respect to the whole electrode. may be required prior to filling the joint using more relaxed
parameters.
SPECIFICATIONS WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
There are no national specifications for this electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E309L-17 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 23 12 L R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8
APPROVALS TÜV, ABS
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
9 6 7 1 0.1 < 0.2 17 0.7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B309L but this does not affect the OES.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode – designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and high purity 304L
core wire. Ultramet B309L is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications including
fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E309L-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 23 12 L B 4 2 QW442 A-No 8
BS 2926 23.12.L B
DIN 8556 E 23 12 L B 20+
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode – rutile flux on high purity 309L core wire giving very low typical carbon level. Ultramet 309LP is a fully all-
positional electrode capable of the most demanding fixed pipework applications including ASME 5G/6G. The Ultramet 309LP
electrode has also been designed to deposit single-side root runs without the need for a gas purge. The electrode is also suitable
for vertical-down welding on thin sheet material.
STAINLESS STEELS
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E309L-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 23 12 L R 1 1 QW442 A-No 8
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
9 6 7 1 0.1 < 0.2 17 0.7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B309L but this does not affect the OES.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.
STAINLESS STEELS
309S92 (TIG & sub-arc) Supermig 309LSi (MIG) QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.9M ER309L ER309L Si QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-A 23 12 L G 23 12 L Si
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS309L SS309L Si
APPROVALS TÜV
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG (309S92) -- -- -- 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
MIG (Supermig 309LSi) 15kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- -- --
SAW (309S92) -- -- -- 25kg spool -- 25kg spool 25kg spool
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 20 11 < 0.5 < 0.5 2.5
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wires – the wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 309L combines
easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Supercore 309LP is
designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
STAINLESS STEELS
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: Either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not
exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm
1.2P 120 – 250A, 22 – 32V 150A, 25V 15 – 20mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
9 4 1 6 1 <1 15 1.2
STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE WELDING GUIDELINES
23%Cr-13%Ni-2.5%Mo (309Mo) austenitic stainless Preheat and interpass temperatures depend on
steel. base material hardenability. For guidance, no
preheat on mild steels, up to 250°C on hardenable
steels.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Mainly used under high dilution conditions,
particularly dissimilar welds between stainless and CMn ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
steels. There are no comparable base materials. There is a Technical Profile available on sub-arc
welding with 309Mo. There is also additional
APPLICATIONS information available covering the Supercore flux
There are 3 main areas of application: cored wires.
Buffer layers and clad steels: Overlays on CMn, mild
steel or low alloy steels and for joining 316L clad plate. RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
Subsequent layers are deposited with an electrode
chosen to match the cladding, eg 316L, 318. Also as a The 309L consumables (B-50), 307 consumables
(E-21) and 29.9 consumables (E-22) cover a similar
buffer layer prior to hardsurfacing with chromium
range of applications.
carbide types.
MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with ferrite normally in the range 10-30FN.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Acid rutile electrode made on nearly matching austenitic steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating gives sound porosity-free deposits.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.2 17.7 18.0
Pieces/carton 609 336 246 162
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
9 6 1 7 < 0.5 17 0.7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B309Mo but this does not affect the OES.
STAINLESS STEELS
Although designed primarily for vertical-down it can be successfully used in all other positions.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E309LMo-17 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 23 12 2 L R 1 1 QW442 A-No 8
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
9 6 1 7 < 0.5 17 0.7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B309Mo but this does not affect the OES.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- -- --
SAW -- -- -- -- -- 25kg spool 25kg spool
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 20 11 1.5 <0.5 2.5
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wires made using an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 309Mo combines easy
operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Supercore 309MoP is
designed for all-positional welding.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to wire.
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
Supercore 309Mo Supercore 309MoP QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.22M E309LMoT0-1/4 E309LMoT1-1/4 QW442 A-No 8
EN ISO 17633-A T 23 12 2 L R C/M 3 T 23 12 2 L P C/M 2
EN ISO 17633-B TS309LMo-FB0 TS309LMo-FB1
Approvals DNV
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 120A-22V to 280A-34V 180A-29V 15-20mm
1.2P 120A-22V to 250A-32V 160A-26V 15-20mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
11 6 2 8.5 1 <1 11 0.8
ULTRAMET 309Nb
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
STAINLESS STEELS
STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
Ferritic-austenitic lean duplex stainless steels. Multipass welds in the as-welded condition contain
about 25–50% ferrite depending on dilution and
heat input/cooling rate conditions.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
BS EN & DIN WELDING GUIDELINES
X2CrNiN23L Preheat not generally required. Interpass
1.4362 temperature 150°C max, although for many
ASTM/UNS applications this could be relaxed to 250°C. Heat
S32304 input in the range 1.0–2.5 kJ/mm (depending on
S32101 material thickness) should be acceptable. Welds
S32001 are left in the as-welded condition.
Proprietary alloys include:
Sandvik SAF 2304
Usinor Industeel Uranus 35N RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
Avesta Polarit LDX 2101 The 22%Cr duplex consumables (data sheet B-60)
AK Steel Nitronic 19D are related and can also be used for welding the
lean duplex stainless steels.
APPLICATIONS There is no matching solid wire available. The
Lean duplex stainless steels (LDSS) provide cost ER329N (AWS ER2209) wire should be used for MIG/
savings compared to 22%Cr duplex stainless steels TIG/SAW applications, data sheet B-60.
because of the reductions in Ni and Mo. The LDSS
also provide a strength advantage compared to
austenitic stainless steels and generally have PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
comparable corrosion resistance to austenitic Process Product Specification
stainless steels.
MMA Ultramet 2304 --
FCW Supercore 2304P --
The LDSS are finding more widespread use in
today’s economic climate, particularly in structural
applications. Uses include: bridges and structural
work generally replacing austenitic stainless steels
and carbon steels rather than replacing standard
duplex alloys.
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
7 6 6 1 0.2 <0.2 16 0.8
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
High performance rutile all positional flux cored wire produced in the most versatile size of 1.2mm.
Made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.
Weld metal carbon content is typically <0.04% when using either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas.
Metal recovery about 90% with respect to the wire.
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
NONE QW432 F-No--
QW442 A-No--
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: Either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not
exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 P 120A-22V to 250A-34V 150A-25V 15-20mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
10 12 2 4 5.5 <0.5 9 0.9
22%Cr standard ferritic-austenitic duplex stainless Multipass welds in the as-welded condition
steels. contain about 25–50% ferrite depending on
dilution and heat input/cooling rate conditions.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
WELDING GUIDELINES
ASTM UNS
Preheat not generally required. Interpass
A182 Gr F51 S31803
A890 Gr 4A (cast) temperature 150°C max. Heat input in the range
S32205
1.0–2.5 kJ/mm (depending on material thickness)
BS S32101
S32304
should be acceptable but some codes restrict the
318S13
S32001 max to 1.75 or 2.0kJ/mm.
BS EN & DIN J92205 (cast) PWHT
1.4462
Although welds in wrought duplex stainless steels
X2CrNiMoN22-5-3
are almost always left in the as-welded condition,
Proprietary alloys include: major repairs to castings are generally specified
Sandvik SAF2205 in the solution treated condition. Experience has
Avesta Polarit 2205 indicated good properties following 1120°C/3-6h +
Creusot Ind UR 45N water quench with or without a cooling step to
Böhler A903 1060°C before quenching.
VDM Cronifer 2205LCN
S+C Maresist F51 (cast) ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Sumitomo SM22Cr A Technical Profile covering duplex and
Lean and Mo-free duplex including: superduplex stainless steels is available.
(UNS S32304 / DIN 1.4362 / X2CrNiN23L)
Sandvik SAF 2304
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
Creusot Ind UR35N Lean duplex (data sheet B-59), superduplex (data
LDX 2101 Avesta Polarit sheets B-61, B-62 and B-63) and duplex matching
consumables for casting repairs.
APPLICATIONS
Duplex stainless steel pipe, plate, fittings and forgings PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
have an approximate 50:50 microstructure of austenite Process Product Specification
with a ferrite matrix.
Supermet 2205 -
This, coupled with general alloying level, confers:
- high strength compared with standard Ultramet 2205 AWS E2209-16
MMA
austenitic steels, eg type 316L. Supermet 2205AR AWS E2209-17
- good general corrosion resistance in a range 2205XKS AWS E2209-15
of environments. TIG/SAW ER329N AWS ER2209
- high resistance to chloride induced stress
MIG ER329N AWS ER2209
corrosion cracking (CSCC).
- high resistance to pitting attack in chloride MCW Supercore M2205 AWS EC2209
environments, eg seawater. SAW flux SSB BS EN SA AF2 DC
These alloys are finding widening application in the Supercore 2205 AWS E2209T0-1/4
offshore oil/gas, chemical and petrochemical process FCW
Supercore 2205P AWS E2209T1-1/4
industries, eg pipework systems, flowlines, risers,
manifolds etc.
STAINLESS STEELS
Good properties are also obtained when solution treated, as frequently required for casting repairs. The electrode has a rutile flux system
and is used primarily for downhand and H-V welding applications. Smaller sizes offer excellent all-positional operability.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
7 6 6 1 0.2 <0.2 16 0.8
* F = 28% for basic coated 2205XKS but this does not affect OES.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode made on high quality stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux system designed to give minimum carbon
content coupled with optimum operating characteristics.
The electrode has a rutile flux system optimised for operability.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E2209-17 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 22 9 3 N L R 3 3 QW442 A-No 8
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 450 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 18.0 18.6
Pieces/carton 594 363 249 165
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
7 6 6 1 0.2 <0.2 16 0.8
* F = 28% for basic coated 2205XKS but this does not affect OES.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode made on duplex stainless core wire with a special basic flux to give optimum all-positional operability.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
The electrode has a basic flux system and is recommended where the highest sub-zero toughness is required, and for the most
demanding positional welding applications such as fixed pipework in the ASME 6G position.
STAINLESS STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid TIG, MIG and sub-arc wires for welding 2205 type duplex stainless steels.
STAINLESS STEELS
AWS A5.9M ER2209 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A 22 9 3 N L QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS2209
Approvals DNV, TÜV, ABS (for TIG wires), DNV (for MIG wires),
ABS, DNV (for SAW in conjunction with P2007 flux)
CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N
Min. -- 1.0 0.25 -- -- 22.5 8.0 3.0 -- 0.14
Max. 0.03 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 23.5 9.5 3.5 0.3 0.20
Typical 0.015 1.6 0.5 0.001 0.015 23 8.2 3.2 0.1 0.17*
Duplex weld metal microstructure with austenite + 30-50% ferrite.
Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N is > 35.
* ER329N MIG spooled wire is selected for suitability for both MIG and auto-TIG, with typically 0.15%N to control porosity.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel 15kg reel -- -- --
SAW -- -- -- 25kg spool To order 25kg spool 25kg spool
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
28 10 20 8 1.5 < 0.5 2.5
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
The wire is made with an austenite stainless steel sheath and high purity metal powders.
Metal recovery is about 96% with respect to the wire.
STAINLESS STEELS
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: Stainshield heavy, Ar-38%-He-2%CO2 shielding gas at 15-20l/min.
Current: DC+ve
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 180A-27V to 250A-32V 200A-29V 10-20mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
28 10 20 8 1.5 < 0.5 2.5
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
High performance rutile flux cored wires produced in the most versatile size of 1.2mm.
Supercore 2205 is suited to welding in the flat and horizontal-vertical positions (material > 6mm).
Supercore 2205P is optimised for positional welding, both vertical up and for fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G or
6G welding positions (pipe typically > 150mm diameter, > 15mm wall).
STAINLESS STEELS
Made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.
Weld metal carbon content is typically <0.03% when using either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas.
Metal recovery about 90% with respect to the wire.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: Either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not
exceed 85%. Gas mixtures without oxygen additions can be helpful for optimum weld metal toughness.
Fillet weld penetration and profile will be related to the skill level of the operator.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 150A-25V to 280A-34V 200A-30V 15-20mm
1.6 200A-28V to 330A-34V 230A-30V 15-25mm
1.2 P 120A-22V to 250A-34V 150A-25V 15-20mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt %
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
11 6 1 9 1.5 0.1 12 0.9
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Agglomerated basic non-alloying flux for submerged arc welding.
STAINLESS STEELS
COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N
ER329N wire 0.015 1.6 0.5 0.001 0.015 23 8.5 3.2 0.1 0.17
deposit 0.02 1.3 0.5 -- -- 22.5 8.5 3.1 0.1 0.15
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Current: DC +ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.6 200-350A, 27-31V 300A, 28V 20-25mm
2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm
PACKAGING DATA
Metrode SSB Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums.
Preferred storage conditions for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C.
If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 250-400°C/1-3h.
STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
25%Cr ferritic-austenitic superduplex stainless steels Multipass welds in the as-welded or solution
matching the proprietary Zeron® 100 alloy. annealed condition consist of an austenite-ferrite
duplex microstructure with an approximate 30-
60% ferrite level, depending on heat input/cooling
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED conditions.
MATCHING
wrought cast
WELDING GUIDELINES
UNS S32760 UNS J93380, DIN 1.4508
Preheat not generally required. Interpass
DIN 1.4501 ASTM A890 6A,
temperature 150°C max. Heat input in the range
ASTM A182 F55 ACI CD3MWCuN
1.0–2.0 kJ/mm (depending on material thickness)
OTHER SUPERDUPLEX, INCLUDING
should be acceptable but most codes restrict the
wrought
max to 1.5 or 1.75kJ/mm.
UNS S32750 UNS S32550
UR47N (CLI) UR52N+ (CLI)
PWHT
S32520 UNS S39274
Although welds in wrought duplex stainless steels
Ferralium SD40 (Meighs) UNS S32950
are almost always left in the as-welded condition,
DP3W (Sumitomo)
major repairs to castings are generally specified
7-Mo Plus (Carpenter)
in the solution treated condition. Experience has
2507 (Sandvik/Avesta)
indicated good properties following 1120°C/3-6h +
cast
water quench.
UNS J93404 DIN 1.4469
ASTM A890 5A ACI CE3MN
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Further information on the welding of Zeron® 100
is available in the Metrode Technical Profile on
duplex and superduplex.
APPLICATIONS
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
Zeron® 100 has an exceptional combination of
2507 superduplex (data sheet B-62) and matching
strength and resistance to corrosion and erosion in
consumables for casting repair (solution annealed)
a wide range of aggressive media. The presence of
applications.
Cu+W provides superior resistance to sulphuric and
hydrochloric acids when compared to similar alloys
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
without these additions. Offshore applications exploit
the high resistance to pitting and stress-corrosion Process Product Specification
cracking in seawater. It is also highly resistant MMA Zeron® 100XKS BS EN E25 9 4 N L B
to caustic alkalis and phosphoric acid. Service TIG/MIG/ SAW Zeron® 100X BS EN 25 9 4 N L
temperature range is usually limited to –50°C to
SAW flux SSB BS EN SA AF 2
280°C, the upper limit owing to thermal instability
("450°C" and sigma embrittlement). FCW Supercore Z100XP AWS E2594T1-4
It is widely used in oil and gas production and process
pipework, risers, manifolds, pressure vessels, valves,
pumps, desalination plant, systems for flue-gas
desulphurisation (FGD) and also in the mining, chemical
and pharmaceutical industries. Zeron® 100 wires are
also used for joining supermartensitic stainless steels.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E2595-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 25 9 4 N L B 4 2 QW442 A-No 8
Weir Materials MDS 12809/08
Approvals ABS, DNV
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.
For applications where Zeron® 100X wire is to be used for welding supermartensitic stainless steels it is possible for wire to be
supplied with a total hydrogen content of 3ppm maximum.
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.9M ER2594 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A 25 9 4 N L (prefix W=TIG, G=MIG, S=SAW) QW442 A-No 8
Weir Materials MDS 12809/07
Approvals ABS, TÜV, DNV (TIG and SAW in conjunction with SSB flux)
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG To order To order To order To order -- -- --
SAW -- -- -- 25kg spool -- 25kg spool --
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
7 6 1 7 0.5 0.2 <0.1 28 0.7
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Agglomerated basic non-alloying flux for submerged arc welding.
STAINLESS STEELS
COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W N
Zeron® 100X wire 0.015 0.7 0.4 0.002 0.023 25 9.3 3.7 0.7 0.7 0.23
Deposit 0.02 0.6 0.4 0.002 0.02 24.5 9.3 3.6 0.7 0.7 0.21
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Current: DC +ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.6 200-350A, 27-31V 300A, 28V 20-25mm
2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm
PACKAGING DATA
Metrode SSB Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums.
Preferred storage conditions for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C.
If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 250-400°C/1-3h.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire made with an alloyed stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.
Supercore Z100XP combines easy operability, high deposit quality for both positional pipework and downhand welding.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.22M E2594T1-4 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS 2594-F M21 1 QW442 A-No 8
Approvals DNV
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt %
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
14 4 1 11 3 <1 10 1.0
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E2594-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 25 9 4 N L B 4 2 QW442 A-No--
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile coated MMA electrode for welding superduplex alloys for service in the as-welded condition. This electrode is
overmatching with respect to nickel content to achieve the correct austenite-ferrite microstructural phase balance.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG
STAINLESS STEELS
AWS A5.9M ER2594 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A W 25 9 4 N L QW442 A-No --
COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Cu N PREN
Min. -- -- -- -- -- 24.0 8.0 3.0 -- -- 0.20 40
Max. 0.03 2.5 1.0 0.02 0.03 27.0 10.5 4.5 0.5 0.5 0.30 --
Typical 0.02 0.8 0.4 0.005 0.02 25 9.3 3.9 0.05 0.05 0.25 42
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.0 2.4
TIG 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
28 10 22 8 2 1.3 2.3
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt %
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
11 6 1 9 2 <1 12 1.0
STAINLESS STEELS
ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
25%Cr ferritic-austenitic superduplex stainless steels In the as-welded, or solution annealed condition,
with nominally 25%Cr-8%Ni-3.5%Mo-1.5%Cu-0.2%N. the microstructure is an austenite-ferrite duplex
with about 25-60% ferrite.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM WELDING GUIDELINES
A240 UNS S32550 (wrought). For general fabrication welds no preheat is
A351 & A744 grade CD4MCu. generally required and interpass is kept below
A890 grade 1A/UNS J93370. 150°C. For castings and other highly restrained
A890 grade 1B/UNS J93372. welds a preheat-interpass range of 100-225°C is
DIN helpful in avoiding any risk of hydrogen cracking.
1.4515 (G-X3CrNiMoCuN 26 6 3).
1.4517 (G-X3CrNiMoCuN 26 6 3 3).
BS PWHT
3100 grade 332C13. The consumables are designed to be predominantly
3146 grade ANC21. used in the solution annealed condition. Castings
Proprietary will invariably require solution annealing and
Ferralium 255 and SD40 (Meighs).
both electrode and flux cored wire provide higher
Uranus 50M, 55, 52N, 52N+ (CLI).
toughness and somewhat lower strength after
Ferrinox 255 (Advanced Metals).
solution annealing. The G48A performance is also
better following solution annealing. Typical PWHT
is carried out at 1120°C for about 2-3 hours and then
APPLICATIONS
water quenched.
These consumables are designed to match similar
alloys, usually supplied as castings. The addition of
copper improves corrosion resistance in sulphuric RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
acid media and potentially increases strength and
Solid filler wire to match these alloys (AWS ER2553)
wear resistance, but as-welded toughness and
pitting performance in chloride media are reduced has only 6%Ni, so welds usually have excess
in comparison to alloys with <1%Cu. Although the ferrite. The best alternative is Zeron® 100X with
composition is controlled to ensure a minimum 0.7%Cu (DS B-61). Copper-free 2507 electrodes are
Pitting Resistance Equivalent (PRE) of 40 to match also available (DS B-62).
the superduplex alloys and maximise resistance to
pitting consumables with <1%Cu may be preferred
for non-sulphuric acid media unless PWHT is applied
(see later). PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Applications include pumps and valves, corrosion/ Process Product Specification
wear resisting parts, and process equipment for use MMA Supermet 2506Cu AWS E2553-16
in offshore oil and gas industries, pulp, paper and Supercore 2507Cu (AWS E2553T0-4)
textile industries, and chemical and petrochemical FCW
plant. Supercore 2507CuP (AWS E2553T1-4)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire made with an alloyed stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 2507Cu combines easy operability,
high deposit quality and exceptional bead appearance for downhand and HV welding (material >6mm). Supercore 2507CuP is
optimised for positional welding, both vertical up and for fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G or 6G welding positions (pipe
typically >150mm diameter, >15mm wall).
STAINLESS STEELS
Made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Weld metal carbon content is typically <0.03% when using
either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas.
Metal recovery about 90% with respect to the wire.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
Supercore 2507Cu Supercore 2507CuP
QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.22M E2553T0-4 E2553T1-4 Nearest classification
QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 25 9 4 Cu N L R C/M 3 T 25 9 4 Cu N L P C/M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS2553-FB0 TS2553-FB1 Nearest classification
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 140 – 280A, 22 – 35V 180A, 28V 15 – 20mm
1.2P 120 – 250A, 20 – 32V 180A, 26V 15 – 20mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
14 10 1.5 5 5 1 5 1.0
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode – special rutile flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire.
Versatile downhand and positional capability, Ultramet 308L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to
meet the requirements of the RCC-M data sheet S 2920.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E308L-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 L R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8
RCC-M S 2920
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode – special basic flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile downhand and positional
capability, Ultramet B308L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to meet the requirements of the RCC-M
data sheet S 2920.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG welding that meets the requirements of RCC-M data sheet S 2910.
STAINLESS STEELS
AWS A5.9M ER308L QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A W 19 9 L QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS308L
RCC-M S 2910
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4
TIG 5kg or 15kg spool 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 1
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED Requirements are taken from the relevant
ASTM BS EN & DIN consumable data sheets in the French RCC-M
316L 1.4401 / 1.4404 code.
316 1.4436
316LN 1.4406 / 1.4429
For consumable qualification data sheets (B-90
CF3M 1.4408
CF8M 1.4437
and B-92) in accordance with RCC-M S 5142 please
contact Metrode Technical Department.
UNS
S 31603
S 31600
S 31653 RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
See data sheet B-80 for related 308L consumables
conforming to the RCC-M requirements
APPLICATIONS
Used to weld 316L (19/12/3) stainless steels for
applications in the nuclear industry requiring
conformance to the RCC-M code.
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Standard 316L consumables for general purpose Process Product Specification
fabrication can be found in data sheet B-32. 316H Ultramet 316L(N) AWS E316L-16
consumables for elevated temperature service can be RCC-M S 2925
MMA
found in data sheets C-12 and C-13. Controlled ferrite Ultramet B316L(N) AWS E316L-15
RCC-M S 2925
316L consumables for cryogenic applications can be
TIG 316S92(N) AWS ER316L
found in data sheet B-38. RCC-M S 2915
MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 5-15FN
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode – special rutile flux coated 316L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile downhand and positional
capability, Ultramet 316L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to meet the requirements of the RCC-M
data sheet S 2925.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E316L-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 12 3 L R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8
RCC-M S 2925
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode – special basic flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile downhand and positional
capability, Ultramet B316L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to meet the requirements of the RCC-M
data sheet S 2925
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 5 5 1 0.5 < 0.2 16 1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG welding that meets the requirements of RCC-M data sheet S 2915.
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.9M ER316L QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A W 19 12 3 L QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS316L
RCC-M S 2915
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.4
TIG 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
FUME DATA
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 3.1
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
MICROSTRUCTURE Process Product Specification
Ultramet 309L(N) AWS E309L-16
Austenite with ferrite in the range 8-18FN. RCC-M S 2930
MMA
Ultramet B309L(N) AWS E309L-15
RCC-M S 2930
TIG 309S92(N) AWS ER309L
STAINLESS STEELS
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E309L-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 23 12 L R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8
RCC-M S 2930
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt % typical)
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
9 6 7 1 0.1 < 0.2 17 0.7
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode – special basic flux coated 309L electrode on high purity 304L core wire.
Versatile downhand and positional capability, Ultramet 309L(N) has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed to meet
the requirements of the RCC-M data sheet S 2930.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STAINLESS STEELS
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt % typical)
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
9 6 7 1 0.1 < 0.2 17 0.7
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG welding that meets the manufacturing quality requirements of RCC-M.
STAINLESS STEELS
AWS A5.9M ER309L QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 14343-A W 23 12 L QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS309L
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.0 2.4
TIG 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 20 11 < 0.5 < 0.5 2.5
MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-welded condition the weld metal
microstructure consists of austenite with ferrite
content of about 6FN.
STAINLESS STEELS
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E308L-16 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 L R 3 2 QW442 A-No 8
BNFL (now Sellafield Ltd.) NF 0086/1
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 300° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.8 5 -- <0.2 16 1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG welding.
STAINLESS STEELS
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.2 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2
TIG 1kg or 5kg spool 5kg or 15kg spool 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
The 300H consumables are designed for welding matching high carbon stainless steels typically used at service temperatures of 400-
800°C. To ensure optimum performance under these service conditions not only is the carbon controlled (normally 0.04-0.08%C) but
the ferrite and total alloying are also carefully regulated to minimize the formation of brittle intermetallic phases.
The 309 consumables in this section should not be confused with the 309L/309Mo types used for dissimilar welding (B-50 and B-51).
The 309 consumables in Section C generally have controlled carbon and ferrite and are designed for matching base materials for
elevated temperature service.
Preheat is not normally required for welding these alloys, with the exception of the highest alloy high carbon types containing
tungsten which can suffer from cold cracking due to build up of residual stresses and low ductility. Interpass temperature and heat
input control is more important for the lower carbon types to minimise any possibility of hot cracking. The presence of a copious
primary carbide eutectic tends to suppress hot cracking in the higher carbon types. PWHT is rarely applied to any of the alloys in this
section, although service-aged base material may require solution treatment to restore satisfactory ductility prior to welding.
C-40 800
TIG/MIG 21.33.MnNb - -
C-41 330 MMA Thermet R17.38H (E330H-16) BS 15.35.H.R
C-45 25.35.Nb MMA Thermet 25.35.Nb - -
Consumables for HP40 and other high carbon cast alloys
MMA Thermet HP40Nb - BS 25.35.H.Nb.B
C-50 HP40Nb
TIG/MIG 25.35.4C.Nb - -
MMA Thermet 35.45.Nb - -
C-60 35.45
TIG/MIG 35.45.Nb - -
C-70 HP50 MMA Thermet HP50WCo - -
C-80 22H MMA Thermet 22H - -
C-90 657 MMA Nimrod 657 ENiCr-4 -
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on matching core wire.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Ultramet B308H is particularly suited to positional welding, including fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position, in materials
thickness from 3mm up to the heaviest sections.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E308H-15 QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 19 9 H B 4 2 QW442 A-No 8
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.
Typical 0.05 1.8 0.4 0.002 0.015 19.9 9.5 0.1 0.1
Typical ferrite level of undiluted weld metal is in the range 3-8FN.
ER19-10H (on request) has Cr ≤ 20.0, Mo ≤ 0.25, Nb ≤ 0.05, Ti ≤ 0.05.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- To order 2.5kg tube To order 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
MIG To order To order 15kg spool -- -- -- --
SAW -- -- -- 25kg spool -- 25kg spool To order
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 16 8 <0.5 <0.5 3.1
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to prevent any possibility of porosity it is advised that part-used spools are returned
to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH maximum, 18°C minimum.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt %
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
13 8 1 7 2 <1 12 1
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM-ASME BS EN & DIN WELDING GUIDELINES
321H 1.4941
No preheat or PWHT required; maximum
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS
347H 1.4961
interpass temperature 250°C.
BS UNS
321S51 S32109
347S51 S34709
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
APPLICATIONS The 308H (data sheet C-10), 16.8.2 (data sheet
Used to weld titanium and niobium stabilised 18/8 high C-12) and 316H (data sheet C-13) consumables are
carbon stainless steel types 321H and 347H. also relevant for many of the same materials and
applications.
Applications include catalytic crackers (cat crackers),
cyclones, transfer lines, furnace parts, steam piping,
superheater headers, some gas and steam turbine
components, used in petrochemical, chemical process
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
plants and in power generation industries.
Process Product Specification
Note that the alloy 16.8.2 (data sheet C-12) was Ultramet 347H AWS E347-16
developed as a more ductile alternative to 347H MMA
Ultramet B347H AWS E347-15
consumables to avoid in-service HAZ failure in 347H
TIG ER347H AWS ER347
base material of >12mm thickness. For this reason
when joining thicker section 321H/347H the 16.8.2 FCW Supercore 347HP AWS E347HT1-1/4
consumables are considered a preferable alternative.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA rutile flux coated 347 electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet 347H has all the benefits of an advanced rutile flux
design, including all-positional fixed pipework welding with the 2.5/3.2mm diameter electrodes.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 12.9 16.5
Pieces/carton 693 417 243 168
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.8 5 <0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B347 but this does not affect the OES.
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.8 5 <0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B347 but this does not affect the OES.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.0 2.4
TIG -- 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 3.1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.
Supercore 347HP is designed for all-positional welding from 1G/2G up to 5G/6G fixed pipework.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.22M E347HT1-1/4 ASME IX QUALIFICATION
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 19 9 Nb P C/M 2 QW432 F-No 6
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS347-FB1 QW442 A-No 8
APPROVALS DNV
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu FN
Min. 0.04 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- 8xC -- 4
Max. 0.08 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 1.0 0.3 9
Typical 0.05 1.4 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.5 10.2 0.1 0.5 0.1 5
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85% argon.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
180A, 29V (downhand)
1.2 120-280A, 22-34V 12-20mm
160A, 25V (positional)
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
17 11 2 4 5 <1 5 1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with fully basic lime-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. E16.8.2-15 is a basic coated all-positional electrode
suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead welding applications, including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG welding and sub-arc welding of 300H stainless steel.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.4 3.2
TIG 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
SAW -- 25kg spool 25kg spool
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
40 10 12 7 0.5 < 0.5 4.2
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
These wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system with alloying controlled to maximise high
temperature strength and resistance to service embrittlement.
Supercore 16.8.2 is made in 1.6mm only and is designed for applications primarily in the downhand and HV positions on plate and
material of about 6mm thickness and above.
Supercore 16.8.2P is made in 1.2mm only and is designed for welding in all welding positions from ASME 1G/2G up to 5G/6G
pipework, and also provides very good operability in the flat/HV position.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to wire.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 120A-22V to 280A-34V 180A-29V 12 – 20mm
1.2P 120A-22V to 280A-34V 150A-25V 12 – 20mm
1.6 200A-28V to 350A-34V 300A-30V 15 – 25mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to prevent any possibility of porosity it is advised that part-used spools are returned
to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH maximum, 18°C minimum.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
17 11 1.5 4 4 <1 5 1.2
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 14.4 14.7
Pieces/carton 684 411 267
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 – 200°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.7 5 0.1 < 0.2 16 1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile coated electrode made on high purity 304 core wire, previously called Metrode E316H-16. The higher alloy content
compared to 17.8.2.RCF does increase the risk of intermetallic formation during service at elevated temperatures (500-800°C).
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5
Pieces/carton 633 393 261
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 – 200°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.7 5 0.1 < 0.2 16 1
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.7 5 0.1 < 0.2 16 1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW which can not only be used in conjunction with E316H-16, but also with 17.8.2.RCF and other 300H
consumables.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.4
MIG 15 kg reel - -
TIG - 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
SAW - - 25kg spool
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
30 12 15 11 1.5 < 0.5 3.3
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 30V 20-25mm
PACKAGING DATA
Metrode P2007 Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums and SSB Flux in 20kg metal drums. Preferred storage
conditions of opened drums: <60%RH, >18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored or has been stored for a long period,
it should be redried in the range 250-400°C/1-3h
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
wrought WELDING GUIDELINES
ASTM - ASME S30815
No preheat required, it is desirable to keep
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
APPLICATIONS Process Product Specification
Designed to match equivalent alloys with good hot MMA Supermet 253MA --
strength coupled with excellent resistance to oxidation
up to about 1100°C. Resistance to sulphidation under
oxidising conditions is superior to many higher nickel
heat-resistant alloys. Resistance to nitriding and
carburisation is satisfactory except under reducing
conditions where higher nickel alloys are superior.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 14.4
Pieces/carton 594 366 261
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
9 6 1 7 <0.2 17 0.7
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
wrought cast WELDING GUIDELINES
A351 Grades
ASTM/UNS S30900 (309) CH8, CH10, CH20. Preheat not required for most applications.
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS
S30908 (309S)
S30909 (309H) .
DIN 1.4829 1.4832
(X12CrNi 22 12) (G-X25CrNiSi20 14)
BS 309S24 309C30 RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
EN 1.4833 (X12CrNi23-12) The 309L consumables (data sheet B-50) typically
used for dissimilar joints are related but are not
used for the same high temperature applications.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a rutile flux coating on high purity 304L core wire.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 13.5 15.0 15.0 15.9
Pieces/carton 899 432 285 183
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
9 6 7 1 <0.2 17 0.7
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.4
TIG -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool -- --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible):
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 20 11 <0.5 <0.5 2.5
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with fully basic carbonate-fluoride flux coating. Designed to give high moisture resistance hence freedom from
weld porosity. The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework in ASME 5G/6G positions.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
There are no national specifications for this electrode. QW432 F-No
QW442 A-No
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 14.4
Pieces/carton 546 384 258
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F F OES (mg/m3)
9 8 1.3 5 <0.1 1.5 16 17 0.6
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Straight lengths and spooled wire for manual and automatic TIG welding.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.9 1.0 2.0 2.4
TIG -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
Spooled 0.7/5/12.5kg spools (To order) 0.7/5/12.5kg spools (To order) -- --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible):
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
24 18 16 13 1 3 2.8
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with low silica rutile flux on high purity 310 core wire.
Low silicon and high manganese levels are desirable to ensure freedom from microfissuring.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 310 core wire.
Low silicon and high manganese levels are desirable to ensure freedom from microfissuring.
The electrode is particularly suited to positional welding, including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
9 10 2 7.5 <0.2 18 0.6
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- --
SAW -- -- 25kg spool 25kg spool --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG & SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
30 13 22 16 <0.5 <0.5 2.3
APPLICATIONS
Thermet 310H is designed to weld HK40 which is one
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
of the standard materials for centrifugally cast tubes
operating at around 1000°C. Process Product Specification
MMA Thermet 310H AWS E310H-15
These alloys are used in reformer and steam cracker
coils in chemical and petrochemical plants. Also for
components such as billet skids, calinating tubes, kiln
nose segments, conveyor rolls, and furnace structural
items in the cement, ceramic and steel industries.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with basic flux coating made on 310 core wire to give low residual levels.
The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework in ASME 5G/6G positions.
Moisture resistant coating giving sound porosity free deposits.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 14.4
Pieces/carton 546 384 258
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
12 6 2 8.5 <0.2 <0.2 16 0.6
CONSUMABLES TO MATCH
CAST & WROUGHT ALLOY 800
ALLOY TYPE
MICROSTRUCTURE
Austenitic heat resisting consumables to match alloy 800.
As-welded weld metal microstructure consists of
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED austenite with cellular NbC-rich network.
ASTM
A351 CT15C
BS WELDING GUIDELINES
HIGH TEMPERATURE ALLOYS
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 320 320 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 18.0
Pieces/carton 642 354 243 165
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer
than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase
the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
4 6 6 2 < 0.2 < 0.2 18 0.8
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire – This is a high Mn, 21%Cr-33%Ni-1%Nb, micro-alloyed wire for TIG/MIG welding of 800 type alloys.
max. 0.20 5.0 0.70 0.015 0.025 23.0 35.0 0.50 1.5 0.5 0.35 0.30
Typical 0.15 4.3 0.5 0.008 0.012 21 33 0.3 1 0.1 0.1 0.15
* Weld deposit carbon is typically a little lower than wire analysis.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- To order To order 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
MIG 12.5kg spool -- -- -- --
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Cu OES (mg/m3)
40 15 18 20 <1 2.5
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 15.6 15.6
Pieces/carton 639 396 264
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
4 7 4 5 <0.1 <0.2 16 1
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic-rutile flux covering on a high alloy core wire.
Moisture resistant coating giving sound, porosity-free deposits. Sizes above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery MMA electrode with basic flux coating made on nearly matching core wire. The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding
in all positions including fixed pipework in ASME 5G/6G positions. Moisture resistant coating giving sound porosity-free deposits.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 320 350
kg/carton 10.5 12.0 12.0
Pieces/carton 555 330 204
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
4 6 2 7 <0.1 <0.2 18 0.7
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, auto-TIG and MIG welding.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
Spooled wire normally 12.5kg reel -- -- -- --
used for automatic TIG
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
35 13 26 < 0.5 < 0.5 2
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Thermet 35.45.Nb is a basic coated electrode with some alloy additions in the coating and is made on a high purity NiCr core wire.
Recovery is approximately 140% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 300 350
kg/carton 9.9 10.5 12.6
Pieces/carton 450 252 171
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Cr6 Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
3 6 10 9 <0.2 18 0.5
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Straight lengths and spooled wire for manual and automatic TIG welding.
Typical 0.43 1.0 1.2 0.005 0.012 36 46 0.9 0.05 0.1 0.05 13
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 2.4 3.2
TIG 12.5kg spool 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
15 5 28 28 <0.5 <0.5 1.8
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
APPLICATIONS
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
This electrode matches similar cast alloys originating The cobalt free 22H alloy is related to this alloy
from the Abex alloy Supertherm, which is itself related and is used for similar applications (data sheet
to the cobalt free Blaw-Knox alloy 22H (data sheet C-80).
C-80).
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic-rutile flux covering on a high alloy core wire.
Moisture resistant coating giving sound, porosity-free deposits. Sizes above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery MMA electrode with basic flux coating made on nearly matching core wire. The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding
in all positions including fixed pipework in ASME 5G/6G positions. Moisture resistant coating giving sound porosity-free deposits.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
There are no national specifications for this electrode. QW432 F-No --
QW442 A-No --
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
APPLICATIONS
Process Product Specification
This electrode is designed to match similar high MMA Thermet 22H --
carbon cast alloys originating from Blaw-Knox (now
Duraloy) alloy 22H.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic all-positional MMA electrode designed to match similar cast alloys.
Basic flux system with alloy additions on high purity NiCr core wire.
Recovery is about 140% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 260 310 310 310
kg/carton 10.5 12.0 13.5 12.0
Pieces/carton 492 300 198 120
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
3 6 9 7 <0.2 22 0.7
Kcal
60 STRESS RUPTURE
Nimrod 657
9
Alloy 657 with its high chromium content has (transverse tests
2
MICROSTRUCTURE 500 1000 2000 5000
10 20 50 100 200
Very careful control of chromium and niobium is 900°C RUPTURE LIFE (hours)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode made on a special nickel-chromium core wire, with a basic lime-fluorspar flux covering.
Recovery is approx 160% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 300 350
kg/carton 10.5 11.4 12.0
Pieces/carton 450 261 195
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer
than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase
the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt%)
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 2 2.5 8 0.1 0.1 23 0.6
279
www.metrode.com
METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Section D : NICKEL BASE ALLOYS HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721 / Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
Website: www.metrode.com
Electrode characteristics vary according to the intended application and the constraints dictated by particular alloys.
Most types have basic flux coverings, those with the suffix KS being suitable for positional welding of fixed pipework. Rutile flux
systems are compatible with some of the high molybdenum corrosion-resistant alloys. A low level of impurities is desirable in all cases
to minimise sensitivity to hot cracking and microfissuring.
The most important general purpose group are the 'Inconel' types, very loosely based on heat-resistant alloy 600 with 15%Cr-75%Ni-
8%Fe. Compared with alloy 600, all these weld metals have significant additions of manganese and niobium which give resistance to
hot cracking and raise hot strength. Nimrod 182/182KS have the highest manganese to maximise resistance to hot cracking, whereas
in Nimrod AB/AKS manganese is partially replaced by molybdenum which has the additional effect of improving creep resistance. In
many applications these two types can be used interchangeably, particularly in dissimilar metal welds between nickel base and most
steels or other ferrous alloys. Useful service properties range from cryogenic up to elevated temperatures of 1000°C plus. Related to
these is the more specialised heat resisting type Nimrod 132KS used primarily for welding 600 and similar materials in cast or wrought
form.
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS
Nimrod 625/625KS electrodes and 62-50 wires are designed to match alloy 625 which was originally developed for heat-resisting
applications. However, parent material and consumables of this alloy have gained more widespread use for many applications
exploiting its excellent pitting and crevice corrosion resistance and high strength at all service temperatures.
Electrode types Nimrod C276KS, C22KS and Nimax B2L and complimentary solid wires match the current specifications for corrosion-
resistant parent alloys C276, C22 and B2 respectively. Also related to this group is the higher alloy Nimrod 59KS, matching alloy 59.
Their uses include overmatching welds for various superaustenitic stainless steels.
The precursor to alloy C276 was alloy C which is represented by rutile electrodes Nimrod C and the high efficiency type Nimax C. Their
general corrosion resistance is useful for overlays and high work-hardening rate and thermal fatigue resistance for build-up and repair
of hot-work dies.
Nickel, nickel-copper (Monel®) and cupronickel consumables are well established for use in high integrity fabrication welds between
their respective parent alloys. For surfacing steels or dissimilar welds it should be noted that tolerance to iron dilution decreases with
increasing copper content and the pure nickel type is therefore used as a buffer layer.
APPLICATIONS
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
These weld metals have no directly equivalent
parent material, although the composition is related The AB alloys (data sheet D-11) cover similar
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode – This electrode is made on a nearly matching core wire with a basic flux system designed to produce optimum
operability and radiographically sound weld metal.
Nimrod 182KS is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M ENiCrFe-3
QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6182
APPROVALS TÜV
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
2 13 5 10 0.2 0.1 15 1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode – This electrode is made on a nearly matching core wire with a basic slag system designed to produce optimum
operability and weld metal soundness for downhand/HV welding.
Optimised for DC+ operability primarily for surfacing and cladding applications.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M ENiCrFe-3 (3.2mm will not necessarily satisfy 3G usability criteria)
QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6182
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
2 13 5 10 0.2 0.1 15 1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode – high efficiency metal powder type with basic flux covering on high conductivity pure nickel core wire.
Nimax 182 is a high efficiency version of Nimrod 182KS, with versatile features for fabrication, repair and maintenance.
Recovery is about 140% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 300 350 350 330
kg/carton 11.7 12.0 13.5 13.5 17.1
Pieces/carton 750 468 291 192 129
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
2 13 5 10 0.2 0.1 15 1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding of nickel base alloys and dissimilar joints between nickel alloys, ferritic and austenitic
stainless steels.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- -- -- 2. 5 kg tube 2. 5 kg tube 2. 5 kg tube 2. 5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- -- --
SAW -- -- -- -- -- -- 25kg spool --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
1 6 15 56 < 0.1 < 0.5 0.9
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Sub-arc flux – Agglomerated, fluoride basic flux of high basicity (Boniczewski B1~3).
The high basicity ensures low loss of critical alloying elements in the transfer from wire to weld deposit; the low silica content
ensures a low silicon content of the weld metal and reduces the risk of hot cracking.
NiCr flux can be used DC+, DC- and AC, although DC+ operation is preferred.
Flux:wire ratio is 1-2:1 depending on operating conditions; recycled flux should be limited to about 10% to avoid build-up of fines.
SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 14174 SA FB2
COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Ti
20.70.Nb wire 0.02 3 0.1 0.005 0.01 20 bal 2.5 1 0.4
deposit 0.01 3 0.2 0.006 0.006 20.5 bal 2.3 1 0.08
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Current: DC +ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.6 200-350A, 27-31V 300A, 28V 20-25mm
2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm
PACKAGING DATA
Metrode NiCr Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums.
Preferred storage conditions for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C.
If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 250-400°C/1-3h.
APPLICATIONS
The weld metal deposited by these consumables has RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
no directly equivalent parent material, although its The 182 alloys (data sheet D-10) cover similar
composition is related to Inconel 600 (0.05C-75Ni-
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS
applications.
16Cr-8Fe). Mo and Nb are added to give high
resistance to hot cracking, tolerance to dilution by
many combinations of nickel base and ferrous alloys,
and stable properties over a wide range of service
temperatures from –269°C to above 900°C. PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
The presence of Mo improves elevated temperature Process Product Specification
properties above about 600°C, compared to the 182 MMA Nimrod AKS AWS ENiCrFe-2
alloys (data sheet D-10).
TIG/MIG/SAW 20.70.Nb AWS ERNiCr-3
These consumables are used for welding Inconel
600, Incoloy 800/800H and similar heat resisting or SAW flux NiCr BS EN SA FB2
high nickel alloys to themselves for use in furnace
equipment and petrochemical plants up to about
900°C.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a basic flux system on a nearly matching core wire designed to give radiographically sound weld metal.
It is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M ENiCrFe-2
QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6133
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
2 13 10 5 0.2 0.1 15 1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding of nickel base alloys and dissimilar joints between nickel alloys, ferritic and austenitic
stainless steels.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool -- -- -- --
SAW -- -- -- -- -- -- 25kg spool --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
1 6 15 56 < 0.1 < 0.5 0.9
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Sub-arc flux – Agglomerated, fluoride basic flux of high basicity (Boniczewski B1~3).
The high basicity ensures low loss of critical alloying elements in the transfer from wire to weld deposit; the low silica content
ensures a low silicon content of the weld metal and reduces the risk of hot cracking.
NiCr flux can be used DC+, DC- and AC, although DC+ operation is preferred.
Flux:wire ratio is 1-2:1 depending on operating conditions; recycled flux should be limited to about 10% to avoid build-up of fines.
SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 14174 SA FB2
COMPOSITION (TYPICAL)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Nb Fe Ti
20.70.Nb wire 0.02 3 0.1 0.005 0.01 20 bal 2.5 1 0.4
deposit 0.01 3 0.2 0.006 0.006 20.5 bal 2.3 1 0.08
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Current: DC +ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.6 200-350A, 27-31V 300A, 28V 20-25mm
2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm
PACKAGING DATA
Metrode NiCr Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums.
Preferred storage conditions for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C.
If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should be redried in the range 250-400°C/1-3h.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 4 9 6 1 0.1 20 0.8
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool To order 15kg spool -- -- -- --
SAW -- -- -- 25kg spool -- 25kg spool --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)(TIG & SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
1 1 17 50 9 < 0.5 1
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx. 2-3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 (downhand) 150 – 250A, 25 – 32V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm
1.2 (positional) 150 – 180A, 25 – 28V 160A, 26V 15 – 20mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 2 10 5 5 0.1 5 1.0
The weld deposit composition matches parent alloy alloys but with higher Cr for improved corrosion
C276 with Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe. Carbon and resistance.
silicon are controlled as close as possible to the very
low levels of the wrought alloy to minimise carbide
and intermetallic phase precipitates which can reduce
as-welded corrosion resistance. Cast versions of the
alloy typically have higher carbon and silicon (like the PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
original wrought Hastelloy alloy C, now obsolete), but Process Product Specification
repair welds are usually solution treated for optimum
MMA Nimrod C276KS AWS ENiCrMo-4
corrosion resistance.
Alloy C276 has high resistance to corrosion in a wide TIG/MIG HAS C276 AWS ERNiCrMo-4
range of acids and salts under oxidising and especially HAS C276 AWS ERNiCrMo-4
reducing conditions. These include hydrochloric and SAW
NiCr flux BS EN SA FB2
hydrofluoric acids, hypochlorites, chlorides and wet
chlorine gas, sulphuric, phosphoric and many organic
acids. Exceptional resistance to crevice corrosion
and pitting in seawater and chloride-induced stress-
corrosion cracking (superior to alloy 625). High
temperature stability is limited by intermetallic phase
formation.
In addition to fabrication welds in alloy C276, these
consumables have good tolerance to dilution by
most ferrous and high nickel alloys, and are suitable
for surfacing and dissimilar welds which exploit
the corrosion resistance, strength and toughness.
Excellent properties to below -196°C allow its use for
welding 5-9%Ni cryogenic installations.
Applications include pumps, valves, pipework and
vessels for use in aggressive environments in
chemical process plants; also in equipment for flue gas
desulphurisation and critical equipment in offshore oil
and gas production.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with special basic flux coating on matching nickel-chromium-molybdenum core wire to provide clean and homoge-
nous weld metal. Nimrod C276KS has exceptional operability, optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework
qualified in the ASME 6G (inclined overhead) position.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M ENiCrMo-4 QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6276
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 300 350
kg/carton 13.5 13.5 15.0
Pieces/carton 789 435 294
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 4 10 5 5 0.2 16 1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- -- 2.5kg tube To order 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
MIG 12.5kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool (to order) -- -- -- --
SAW -- -- -- 25kg spool --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG & SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
14 3 10 28 11 1 1.8
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with special basic flux covering on high purity NiCrMo core wire to give clean homogenous weld metal.
Very low levels of C and Si minimise the occurrence of deleterious precipitates in the as-welded condition. The special flux
coating provides exceptional operability, optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G
positions. The electrode is equally suitable for general fabrication welds.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M ENiCrMo-13
QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6059
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 300 350
kg/carton 10.5 13.5 15.0
Pieces/carton 714 480 297
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 4 10 5 6 0.2 16 1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- To order 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15 kg spool 15 kg spool -- -- -- --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
1 1 17 50 11 <0.5 1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Basic flux covered electrode with exceptional operability optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework
qualified in the ASME 5G/6G positions. It is equally suitable for general fabrication welds.
Special basic flux covering on matching high purity nickel alloy core wire to give clean and homogenous weld metal. Very low
levels of carbon and silicon minimise the occurrence of deleterious precipitates in the as-welded condition.
Recovery is approx 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M ENiCrMo-10
QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6022
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer than an 8h working shift.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven, or 50 – 150°C in heated quivers: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): <60%RH, >18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 4 10 5 6 0.2 16 1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG To order To order -- -- -- --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
14 1 17 30 10 <0.5 1.7
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire made with a nickel alloy sheath and rutile flux system.
Supercore 620P is specifically designed for all-positional welding of 9% Ni steels.
It combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx. 2-3V higher:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 (downhand) 150 – 250A, 25 – 32V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm
1.2 (positional) 150 – 180A, 25 – 28V 160A, 26V 15 – 20mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
2 13 10 5 5 <0.5 5 1.0
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product Specification
MMA Nimrod 617KS AWS ENiCrCoMo-1
TIG/MIG 61-70 AWS ERNiCrCoMo-1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Special basic flux on matching nickel alloy core wire. The chromium range of the weld metal is higher than the parent material to
maintain oxidation resistance at a lower aluminium level.
The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G positions.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M ENiCrCoMo-1
QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6117
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Co Cr6 Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 4 9 2.5 6 1 0.2 20 0.8
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG and MIG welding alloy 617.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.6 2.4
TIG -- -- -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool 15kg spool -- --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Co OES (mg/m3)
1 1 17 45 9 11 0.9
ALLOY 690
ALLOY TYPE
Ni-30%Cr-10%Fe alloy commonly known as alloy 690. MICROSTRUCTURE
High alloy nickel base austenite.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
ASTM
B163, B166-8 WELDING GUIDELINES
DIN
2.4642 (NiCr29Fe) Preheat and PWHT is not generally required.
UNS
N06690
Proprietary
Inconel 690 (Special Metals)
Nicrofer 6030 (Krupp VDM) RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
There are no directly related alloys.
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS
APPLICATIONS
The consumables are designed to match alloy 690, which
is finding increasing use in place of alloy 600 for high
temperature corrosion applications, especially in the
nuclear industry. The high chromium content provides PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
good elevated temperature corrosion resistance in Process Product Specification
oxidising and sulphidising atmospheres.
MMA Nimrod 690KS AWS ENiCrFe-7
In addition to joining matching base materials, the TIG/MIG ER690 AWS ERNiCrFe-7
consumables can also be used for surfacing applications
on CMn and low alloy steels.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Nickel base MMA electrode designed for welding matching base materials, and for surfacing CMn and low alloy steels.
Special basic flux coating on a nickel alloy core wire optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including pipework in the ASME
5G/6G positions.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M ENiCrFe-7
QW432 F-No 43
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 6152
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo F OES (mg/m3)
2 13 10 8 0.2 0.1 16 0.6
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wires for TIG.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.9 2.4
TIG 0.7 or 5kg spool 2.5kg tube
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
10 3 20 50 <1 <1 0.9
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with special carbonate-fluoride-rutile flux system on matching core wire.
Smaller diameters offer excellent all-positional operability.
Recovery is about 100% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M ENi-1
QW432 F-No 41
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 2061
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.3 13.5 14.4
Pieces/carton 720 414 300
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
<1 1 10 0.2 10 5
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding.
SPECIFICATIONS
AWS A5.14M ERNi-1 ASME IX QUALIFICATION
BS EN ISO 18274 S Ni 2061 QW432 F-No 41
UNS N02061
Also known generically as filler metal 61 (FM61)
CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WIRE WT %)
C Mn Si S P Ni Ti Al Cu Fe
Min. -- -- -- -- -- 93.0 2.0 -- -- --
Max. 0.15 1.0 0.7 0.015 0.020 bal 3.5 1.5 0.2 1.0
Typical <0.02 0.4 <0.3 0.005 0.005 96 3 0.1 <0.02 0.1
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4
TIG -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool -- -- --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
2 2 <0.1 68 0.1 <0.5 0.7
Proprietary
Monel alloy 400, R405, K500 (Special Metals)
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Nicorros (VDM) Alloy 400 parent material is noted for its
good resistance to both hydrofluoric acid and
NICKEL BASE ALLOYS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Special basic carbonate-fluoride-rutile flux system on matching 400 core wire to give low levels of residuals.
Deoxidation system designed to ensure sound deposits.
The raised levels of manganese and titanium help suppress hot cracking and porosity.
Analysis is optimised to give the highest as-welded ductility and strength attainable in weld metal of this type.
The smaller electrode sizes are particularly suitable for fixed pipework welds demanding qualification in the ASME 6G position.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.11M ENiCu-7
QW432 F-No 42
BS EN ISO 14172 E Ni 4060
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 7 4 16 8 1.2
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.
Elongation (%) 4d -- 41
5d 25 38
Impact ISO-V(J) -30°C -- 120
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.4
TIG -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool -- --
SAW -- -- 25kg reel
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
2 2 <0.1 68 0.1 <0.5 0.7
CUPRONICKEL ALLOYS
ALLOY TYPE
MICROSTRUCTURE
70/30 and 90/10 copper-nickel alloys.
Solid solution, single phase alloy.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
70/30 90/10 WELDING GUIDELINES
ASTM/UNS C71500 C70600
Preheating not normally required, maximum
C96400 (cast) C96200 (cast)
interpass temperature 150°C and no PWHT.
DIN 2.0882 2.0872
Contamination of the weld zone with foreign
2.0883
material, particularly any source of lead, tin or zinc
BS CN106 CN102
(eg. Gun metals) must be scrupulously avoided to
CN107
prevent weld metal cracking.
CN108
CDA CA715 CA706
Proprietary Kunifer 30 (IMI) Kunifer 10 (IMI)
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product Specification
MMA Cupromet N30 AWS ECuNi
APPLICATIONS TIG/MIG 70CuNi AWS ERCuNi
These consumables deposit a copper-nickel weld TIG 90CuNi BS C16
metal; the MMA electrode and 70CuNi solid wire are
both nominally 67%Cu and 30%Ni, whereas the 90CuNi
solid wire is nominally 86%Cu and 10.5%Ni. The 70/30
consumables are suitable for welding 70/30, 80/20 and
90/10 base materials. The 70/30 consumables match
the 70/30 base materials for strength and colour and
overmatch the 90/10 alloys for strength.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode made on matching 70/30 core wire with a special basic flux system giving very low residuals (S, P, Pb, Sn, Zn etc) and
hence maximum crack resistance. Suitable for all-positional welding.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 300 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 15.0 15.0 15.0
Pieces/carton 684 450 297 198
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
<1 2 3 16 15 1.2
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4
TIG -- 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
MIG 15kg spool -- -- --
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
<1 5 <0.1 22 <0.1 72 0.3
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG welding
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.0 2.4 3.2
TIG 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
2 5 <0.1 8 <0.1 80 0.3
NICKEL-MOLYBDENUM ALLOY B2
ALLOY TYPE
MICROSTRUCTURE
Ni-28%Mo consumables to match alloy B2. Solid solution alloy, high nickel austenite with some
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED microsegregation typical of as-deposited weld
metal (homogenised by solution treatment around
wrought cast 1150°C and rapidly cooled for casting repairs).
ASTM/UNS B333, B335, B619, B626 A494: N-7M
UNS N10001 (alloy B) A743: N-12M
WELDING GUIDELINES
UNS N10665 (alloy B2) A744: N-12M
DIN 2.4617 2.4685, 2.4882 No preheat and maximum interpass of 150°C for
wrought alloys.
BS 3146: ANC 15 For castings of low ductility a preheat-interpass of
Proprietary Hastelloy alloy B-2 (Haynes) NB (Paralloy) up to 200-300°C may be required on sections above
Nimofer 6928 (VDM) Langalloy B (Meighs) 15mm. In this case a post-weld solution treatment
AR5 (LaBour/Darwins) must be applied to restore satisfactory weld area
Similar alloys: properties.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode made on pure nickel core wire with a special basic flux coating to give low levels of impurities.
Sizes above 3.2mm are not suitable for positional welding.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 15.0 14.1
Pieces/carton 447 300 183
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h.
Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 2 10 0.2 15 0.2 16 5
EPRI P87
MICROSTRUCTURE
High alloy austenite.
ALLOY TYPE
EPRI P87 is a Ni-Fe weld metal covered by U.S.Patent
7,562,807 «Weld Filler For Welding Dissimilar Alloy Steels WELDING GUIDELINES
and Method Using Same,» July 21, 2009.
Preheat and PWHT requirements will be
determined by the base material being welded. For
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED example P91 is normally preheated to 200°C and
PWHT at 760°C for 2 hours (or time appropriate to
Designed for dissimilar joints between austenitic stain-
material thickness). Alternatively if P91 is subjected
less steels (eg. 304H) and creep resisting CrMo (eg. P91).
to a full N+T the heat treatment would typically be
Suitable for as-welded, PWHT or N+T joints in CrMo 1060°C/1 hour + 760°C/2 hours.
steels.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a special basic flux covering on a nickel-iron alloy core wire.
The electrode is optimised for DC+ welding in all positions including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G positions.
Recovery about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 15.0 14.7
Pieces/carton 684 420 264
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life.
Direct use from tin is satisfactory for much longer than an 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200-250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200°C in holding oven or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) typical
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
9 5 6 2.5 <0.5 12 2
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 0.9 2.4 3.2
TIG -- 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube
MIG 12.5kg spool -- --
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
9 5 6 2.5 <0.5 12 2
GENERAL INTRODUCTION
This section includes a diverse range of consumables for many repair and maintenance applications, including cast iron, dissimilar
welding and hardfacing. There is also a selection of non-ferrous solid wires for copper base alloys. The final selection of products
covers mild steel TIG wires and some specialist mild steel electrodes.
The welding of cast irons has been notoriously called a 'black-art'. Individual castings of equivalent types can vary in response to
welding, and so do the details of procedure considered critical by experienced practitioners. Most castings are produced to net shape,
so welding is usually for repair and maintenance rather than fabrication. Structural load-bearing use is typically compressive, not
critically tensile.
The two commonest types of cast iron have around 3%C and 2%Si. Flake graphite grey iron varies in quality and impurity content,
with relatively low strength and ductility. Spheroidal graphite (SG), nodular or ductile iron is treated with magnesium, has fewer
impurities, superior mechanical properties, and more reliable weldability.
Electrodes based on pure nickel and nickel-iron alloys are most widely used. Electrode flux coverings are of basic type plus graphite
to give a weld deposit deoxidised and saturated with carbon. This mimics some of the characteristics of cast iron but is non-
hardenable and easily machined. Recommended welding techniques are given on relevant data sheets.
Another group, high alloy austenitic irons (Ni-Resist types) are also produced in flake and SG grades. Electrodes of the NiFe type are
used because matching weld metal is too hard. Preheat of 300-350°C is required for the flake graphite grades, but for the SG grades
buttering at low temperatures is preferred to avoid HAZ hot cracking.
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
Martensitic cast iron (Ni-Hard types) and the various white irons are generally considered too crack-sensitive or brittle to be welded
satisfactorily.
Transition welds between dissimilar materials are often necessary, requiring weld metal compatible with dilution by these materials
to provide satisfactory service properties. Weld metal dissimilar to the base material may also enable a safer or simplified welding
procedure to be used, such as in armour welding. Dissimilar weld metal is almost always applied when buttering, cladding or
surfacing. The metallurgy of dissimilar metal welds is a large and complex subject, considering the variety of possible combinations
of industrial alloys and service conditions as a whole.
The popular stainless types in this section are restricted to service at near ambient temperatures between most ferrous materials,
from mild steel up to stainless steels, but excluding high nickel and non-ferrous alloys. Note that 309L and 309Mo types in Section B
(data sheets B-50 and B-51) are also relevant to these applications.
Compositions do not match any commercial steels, but are designed to resist cracking and remain ductile and tough when diluted by
base materials as indicated on the data sheets. The Schaeffler diagram is useful to assess the risk of dilution cracking, except for 307
types which have high manganese rather than increasing ferrite content to prevent hot cracking. Generally, if dilution gives fully
austenitic weld metal this increases the risk of hot cracking, whilst the presence of martensite reduces bend ductility and increases
the risk of cold cracking. Low dilution buttering procedures can help in difficult cases.
Little or no preheat is required to avoid HAZ cold cracking in hardenable 'difficult to weld' steels because almost no hydrogen diffuses
from austenitic weld metal into the HAZ. The limited toughness of hardened untempered HAZ and fusion zones in high carbon alloy
steels should be considered in relation to impact or shock loads, although increasing preheat helps to moderate peak HAZ hardness
and promote some tempering.
Post-weld-heat-treatment (PWHT) is deliberately avoided unless a tempered HAZ is essential to reduce hardness. Depending on
material combination, PWHT can reduce weld ductility and promote fusion zone carbide embrittlement, with overall stress-relief
limited by dissimilar thermal expansions. Nickel-base weld metal minimises these limitations, and should also be used when high
temperature or cryogenic service is involved (see data sheets D-10 and D-11).
The non-ferrous alloys in the following section are primarily used for joining equivalent base materials, although many are also used
for surfacing. There are no MMA electrodes in this section; the gas shielded solid wire TIG/MIG processes are preferred for high
integrity work. Note the cupronickel consumables are in section D, details can be found on data sheet D-70.
Hardfacing is just one aspect of surfacing in general. In principle, almost any electrode with the desired properties can be chosen to
modify the working surface of a base metal for improved service life or performance.
Electrodes in this section are types recognised for their value to combat many forms of destructive wear found in different working
environments. Flexibility of electrode design allows overlay compositions unique to this process, or similar to base materials for tool
and component repairs.
The most suitable type for a given application can lead to conflicting choices. Often this is based (perhaps with good reason) on
previous experience, or even the simple judgement of 'harder is better'. This is rarely strictly true because actual performance usually
involves a combination of factors. These include response of the particular weld composition and microstructure to size and density
of abrasive (when present), impact, corrosion, friction and heat. Weld metal cracking, the need for buffer layers and alloy cost are also
relevant. Brief details are given to help assess some of these questions.
Martensitic types offer the lowest cost-hardness ratio. These transformable steels air-harden roughly in proportion to carbon and
alloy level. Higher alloys include high speed and hot-work tool steels which may be heat treated if used for tool repairs. If critical,
cracking in martensitic types is easily controlled with preheat. Lower hardness types are used for extensive build-up or intermediate
layers.
Chromium carbide types resist extreme grinding abrasion, increasing with volume and type of carbides in the high alloy matrix. With
almost no ductility or response to heat treatment, build-up is limited by stress cracking, although this may not be detrimental to
service performance.
Cobalt base types are costly but excel at high temperatures in combination with aggressive wear or corrosion. Increasing preheat with
hardness and weld thickness is needed for the alloy order 6, 12 and 1, to control stress cracking but none for the more ductile alloy 8,
which also resists thermal shock and work-hardens strongly.
'Hadfield' non-stainless austenitic 13%Mn steels, show unique resistance to gouging and impact or coarse particle abrasion. Others
such as type 307 (data sheet E-21) could be classed as work-hardening types for ambient temperatures.
Buffer or build-up layers are usually intermediate in alloying between base and capping layers. Hardness of a martensitic type will be
reduced if deposited on a stainless buffer (data sheets B-50, B-51, E-20, E-21 and E-22), but would be ideal beneath chromium carbide
and work-hardening types (and generally optional for cobalt base).
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
The mild steel TIG wires and flux cored wire are used for general purpose mild steel fabrication, the other consumables in this section
have specialised applications. Ultramild is an E6018 type depositing soft and ductile low hydrogen weld metal mainly for buffer layers.
Nilsil is a modified E6013 type giving very low silicon weld metal for welding galvanising baths.
EN / EN ISO
DataSheet Alloy Process Product AWS Classifications
Classifications
ER70S-2 ER70S-2 A15
TIG ER70S-3 ER70S-3 (A17)
E-70 Mild steel
ER70S-6 ER70S-6 A18
FCW Metcore DWA50 E71T-1 T 422 PM1
E-71 Low strength mild steel MMA Ultramild E6018 -
E-72 Low silicon MMA Nilsil - -
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product Specification
MMA CI Soft Flow Ni AWS ENi-CI
TIG/MIG Nickel 2Ti AWS ERNi-1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with special basic-graphite flux (no barium compounds) on pure nickel core wire. Good refining action provides
maximum resistance to cracking and freedom from porosity. Sound welds can be produced even with oil impregnated and
contaminated surfaces. The stable arc characteristics also provide uniform low penetration and minimum dilution. The smallest
diameters can be used in all positions including vertical down.
Recovery is about 95% with respect to core wire, 70% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.15M ENi-CI
QW432 F-No 1
BS EN 1071 E C Ni-CI 1
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0*
Length (mm) 300 350 400 450
kg/carton 13.5 13.5 19.5 19.2
Pieces/carton 804 393 358 241
* 5.0mm diameter made to order, minimum order quantity.
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 100 – 150°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 150° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cu F Ba OES (mg/m3)
0.5 1 10 <0.5 12 <0.5 5
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4
TIG -- 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube 2.5 kg tube
MIG 15kg spool - - -
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
2 2 <0.1 68 0.1 <0.5 0.7
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with special basic-graphite flux (no barium compounds) on a 55%Ni alloy core wire. Good refining action provides
maximum resistance to cracking and freedom from porosity.
Recovery is about 95% with respect to core wire, 70% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.15M ENiFe-CI
QW432 F-No
BS EN 1071 E C NiFe-CI 1
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 400
kg/carton 13.5 13.2 15.0
Pieces/carton 618 510 297
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 100 – 150°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 150° C, 3 cycles, 10h total
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F Ba OES (mg/m3)
3.5 1 2 <0.2 <0.5 12 <0.5 5
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with special basic-graphite flux (no barium compounds) on bi-metallic Fe clad Ni core wire. Good refining action
provides maximum resistance to cracking and freedom from porosity. The bi-metallic core wire minimises the risks of over-
heating normally associated with NiFe MMA electrodes and produces excellent operability.
Recovery is about 95% with respect to core wire, 70% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.15M ENiFe-CI
QW432 F-No
BS EN 1071 E C NiFe-CI 1
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 400
kg/carton 13.5 13.5 18.0
Pieces/carton 790 447 360
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 100 – 150°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 150° C, 3 cycles, 10h total
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F Ba OES (mg/m3)
3.5 1 2 <0.2 <0.5 12 <0.5 5
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for MIG welding.
PACKAGING DATA
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition, wt %:
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Cu OES (mg/m3)
35 2 <0.1 30 <0.5 1.7
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile MMA electrode made on austenitic stainless steel core wire. High moisture resistance, designed and manufactured with
low hydrogen technology to give weld metal with low potential hydrogen content.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M (E308Mo-16)
QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 20 10 3 R 32
QW442 A-No 8
APPROVALS: MoD MVEE 1050 Class 1A and 1B
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum
6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C..
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 5 1 4 < 0.2 16 1.2
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wires – the wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 20.9.3 combines
easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Supercore 20.9.3P is
designed for all-positional welding. including fixed pipework.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
Supercore 20.9.3 Supercore 20.9.3.P
QW432 F-No 6
AWS A5.22M E308MoT0-1/4 E308MoT1-1/4
QW442 A-No 8
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 20 10 3 R C/M 3 T 20 10 3 P C/M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS308Mo-FM0 TS308Mo-FM1
APPROVALS: MoD MVEE 1050 Class VII MoD MVEE 1050 Class VII
PACKAGING DATA
Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: Supercore 20.9.3 - 15.0kg (1.2/1.6mm), Supercore 20.9.3.P - 12.5kg
(1.2mm).
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite. Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the
wire surface and prevent any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers. Where
possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 F OES (mg/m3)
Ar+20%CO2 14 11 1 8 4 5 1.2
CO2 17 10 1 9.5 1 5 5
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
WELDING GUIDELINES
Dissimilar combinations of CMn, stainless,
Preheat not generally required unless welding thick
hardenable, wear-resistant and armour steels. Also
sections, except that HAZ properties of higher carbon
suitable for 13%Mn manganese (Hadfield) steel. hardenable steels should be taken into consideration in
relation to service conditions.
APPLICATIONS
Mixed welding applications including the welding of mild, When welding 13%Mn (Hadfield) steels in order to
stainless, hardenable, and armour steels to themselves minimise embrittlement and cracking the work piece
or each other with or without preheat. Tolerance to must be kept cool. This means that the following
dilution (resistance to hot cracking) is provided by the high controls should be applied: no preheat, maximum
manganese content, unlike armour welding and 309 types interpass controlled to 150°C maximum, low heat input,
which depend on a high ferrite level. In some cases, they small weld beads and cool with water if necessary.
may offer an alternative to high nickel weld metal in joints
between cast iron and stainless steels. Weldments subject
to PWHT retain ductility with satisfactory toughness down
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
to -50°C. Reasonable scaling resistance up to 850°C.
For dissimilar joints etc. the 309L (B-50), 309Mo (B-
Can be used as buffer layers to weld or reclaim 13% Mn 51), armour welding consumables (E-20) and 29.9
(Hadfield) steel used in rock crushing plant and earth types (E-22) may also be suitable.
moving equipment. Buffer layer work hardens and can be
used as a base for Workhard 13Mn or Methard 650 or 850.
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
Has also been found satisfactory as buffer layer on cast iron PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
prior to hardsurfacing. Process Product Specification
Use as surfacing consumable which work hardens from 200
MetMax 307R AWS E307-26
MMA
to 400 HV, suitable for repair of alloy rails, crossing parts, 19.9.6Mn EN ISO E 18 8 Mn R
frogs etc. without need for preheat, however, the work- MIG 19.9.6Mn EN ISO G 18 8 Mn
hardening rate is lower than 13% Mn steel and overlays of
more than 1 layer may suffer unacceptable collapse under
heavy rolling loads. In this case they may be used as a
buffer under Workhard 13Mn.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile high recovery, metal powder, electrode made on high purity steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating ensures sound
porosity free deposits.
Recovery is about 150% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M E307-26
QW432 F-No 5
BS EN ISO 3581 E 18 9 Mn Mo R 5 2
QW442 A-No
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.2 15.0
Pieces/carton 429 234 153 102
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum
6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C..
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo F OES (mg/m3)
19 11 1 5 < 0.2 - 18 1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile electrode made on nearly matching austenitic steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating ensures sound porosity free
deposits.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
SPECIFICATIONS
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
AWS A5.4M (E307-16) Nearest classification
BS EN ISO 3581 E 18 8 Mn R 3 2 F-No 5 (This is nearest
QW432 because the electrode does
not strictly conform to AWS)
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 14.1 15.0
Pieces/carton 621 372 261
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum
6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C..
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo F OES (mg/m3)
18 15 1 5 < 0.2 - 18 1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for MIG welding.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.0 1.2
MIG 15kg spool 15kg spool
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition, wt %:
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
30 26 12 3.5 <0.5 <01 3.8
APPLICATIONS
Use for welding medium and high carbon hardenable ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
steels, of known or unknown specifications, for example Although 29.9 alloys have good resistance to high
tool steels, shafts, gear teeth, free-cutting steels, dissimilar temperature oxidation, duplex high ferrite weld metal is
alloy combinations, buffer layers, overlays etc. subject to 475°C embrittlement above about 300°C and
sigma embrittlement at higher temperatures. This alloy
Combination of high alloy and high ferrite content (40- is therefore not used where high temperature structural
50FN) gives extreme tolerance to dilution on a wide range service or PWHT is involved.
of hardenable and alloy steels with minimum or no preheat.
It has also been found useful for welding free-cutting steels
or those with a low Mn:S ratio (especially < 20 or so), where
RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with acid rutile flux on matching 312 stainless steel core wire.
Recovery is about 100% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 4 1 8 0.2 17 0.6
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Solid wire for TIG and sub-arc welding.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2
TIG - 2.5kg tube 2.5kg tube To order
SAW - 25kg spool 25kg spool -
FUME DATA
MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
30 12 9 22 <1 <1 2.3
APPLICATIONS
PACKAGING DATA
100Cu produces a deoxidised pure copper deposit for Diameter (mm) 1.2 1.6 2.4
maximum thermal and electrical conductivity.
Applications include plate for chemical plant and TIG - 2.5kg spool 2.5kg spool
moulds, stills and calorifiers, rods and wires for MIG 15kg spool - -
electrical components and tubes for heat exchangers.
STORAGE
APPLICATIONS
97CuSi silicon bronze has a wider range of general PACKAGING DATA
purpose applications than 100Cu, including overlaying Diameter (mm) 2.4
of steels and cast irons. TIG 2.5kg tube
Applications include plate for chemical plant and
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
STORAGE
APPLICATIONS Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH,
MICROSTRUCTURE
A multi phase copper base structure with complex
eutectoids.
WELDING GUIDELINES
The tin bronze weld metal tends to be sluggish
because of its wide melting range. Preheating to
about 200°C can help improve fluidity when welding
thick sections. To avoid hot cracking it is desirable to
keep the interpass temperature below 200°C
APPLICATIONS
ALLOY C
ALLOY TYPE MICROSTRUCTURE
Alloy C is a Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe nickel Solid solution strengthened high nickel austenite
base alloy. with some carbides and microsegregation typical
of as-deposited weld metal.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
WELDING GUIDELINES
ASTM A494 CW-12MW - A743/A744 CW-12M
Preheat is not generally required but may be
DIN 2.4883 (G-NiMo16Cr)
necessary for higher carbon hardenable steels. For
Also used for surfacing and overlays
best corrosion resistance interpass temperature
should be kept below 150°C and heat input restricted
APPLICATIONS to 1.5kJ/mm.
The weld deposit composition matches cast alloy C with
Ni-15%Cr-16%Mo-4%W-5%Fe. Wrought forms of this
alloy (C276) have low C and Si, see data sheet D-30. Cast RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
versions of the alloy typically have higher carbon and Alloy C276 (D-30), alloy 59 (D-31) and alloy C22 (D-
silicon (like the original wrought alloy C which is now 32) are also NiCrMo.
obsolete) but repair welds are usually solution treated
for optimum corrosion resistance.
A controlled level of carbon raises strength and PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
response to work-hardening. These properties extend
Process Product Specification
to elevated temperatures, and with good resistance
to impact and thermal fatigue the weld metal finds MMA Nimax C AWS ENiCrMo-5A
extensive use for surfacing or build-up of hot-work
forging dies, especially where large volumes of weld
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with special metal powder rutile- basic flux coating on high conductivity pure nickel core wire.
Recovery is about 150% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 5.0*
Length (mm) 450
kg/carton 18.0
Pieces/carton 102
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for longer than a
working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk
of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200–250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
1 4 10 5 5 0.2 16 1
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
WELDING GUIDELINES
These consumables are used for surfacing not joining. Preheat is not normally required but 100-200°C
They can be used for surfacing many materials may be required with thick and/or complex sections
including structural steels (BS 4360), general purpose particularly with low alloy base materials or where
cast steels (BS 3100) and rail steels (BS 11). there is a risk of hydrogen-induced cracking.
APPLICATIONS
These consumables deposit weld metal with a hardness PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
in the range 380-410HV; actual hardness depends
on base metal composition and number of layers Process Product Specification
deposited. MMA Methard 350 (BS EN EFe1)
The deposit gives a wear resistant crack-free deposit FCW Hardcore 350 BS EN TFe1
suitable for conditions of moderate abrasion and
friction coupled with resistance to heavy impact
Items suitable for surfacing include slideways,
trackwheels, rails, roller guides, couplings, brake drums
and shoes, rope winches, caterpillar tracks, and clutch
plates and cones.
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA surfacing electrode with a rutile metal powder type flux made on low carbon core wire.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 450 450 450
kg/carton 18.6 18.9 18.0
Pieces/carton 471 234 147
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Cr F OES (mg/m3)
16 5 1 18 1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
A self-shielded flux cored wire for surfacing applications in the flat and HV positions. The lime-fluorspar flux fill eliminates the
need for an external shielding gas. Metal recovery about 90% with respect to wire.
PACKAGING DATA
Spools in cardboard carton: 13kg
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
18 8 <0.5 1 <1 8 5
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product Specification
MICROSTRUCTURE Methard 650 (BS EN EFe2)
In the as-deposited condition the microstructure MMA
Methard 650R (BS EN EFe2)
consists of martensite with some carbides
FCW Hardcore 650 BS EN TFe2
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile metal powder flux on a low carbon core wire.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 450 450 450
kg/carton 18.6 18.6 19.5
Pieces/carton 387 246 171
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Cr Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
20 6 2.5 0.1 0.5 18 2
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rutile high recovery metal powder flux made on pure low carbon core wire.
Recovery is about 160% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 12.0 13.2 15.0
Pieces/carton 396 255 162 102
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Cr Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
20 6 2.5 0.1 0.5 18 2
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Self-shield flux cored wire for surfacing applications in the flat and HV positions. The tubular wire has a lime-fluorspar flux fill
which eliminates the need for an external shielding gas.Metal recovery about 90% with respect to wire.
PACKAGING DATA
Spools in cardboard carton: 13kg
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
18 7 <0.5 1.5 <0.5 12 5
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
APPLICATIONS Deposits are non-machinable or heat-treatable
These consumables produce high carbon, high but can be ground. With the MMA electrodes a
chromium, chromium carbide deposits with high weave/wash technique produces a very smooth
hardness and resistance to extreme abrasion. They also glass like surface which is highly resistant to fine
exhibit high temperature stability with good oxidation hard powder abrasion.
resistance up to about 1000°C (although hot hardness Hardness figures are quoted for all the products
above about 450°C is inferior to cobalt types); also have but these only provide a guide to expected
moderate corrosion resistance. performance, because of the complex nature of
Used for earth moving and dredging equipment, steel the chromium carbide weld deposit. Chromium
works equipment, sinter plants, cement works, sizing carbide types have greater resistance to high
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
screens, augers, rolling mill guides, pump impellers, stress abrasion than martensitic types of
augers and feed screws; which are handling abrasive equivalent hardness.
sands and sludges under conditions of extreme abrasion
but limited impact RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
For lower abrasion resistance but better impact
properties the 650 hardfacing types (data sheet
E-51) are used. The cobalt hardfacing types (data
MICROSTRUCTURE
sheet E-65) have superior hot hardness.
In the as-welded condition the microstructure
consists of an austenitic alloy matrix (bulk
hardness 500-600HV) and chromium/complex PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
carbides (approximate hardness 1500HV).
Process Product Specification
Methard 850 BS EN EFe14
MMA
Methard 950 BS EN EFe14
Hardcore 850 BS EN TFe15
FCW
Hardcore 950 BS EN TFe15
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a rutile metal powder type flux coating on a pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving
freedom from porosity.
Recovery is about 175% with respect to core wire.
PA/1G PB/2F
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0
Length (mm) 350 350
kg/carton 12.6 13.2
Pieces/carton 264 153
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Cr Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
25 4 12 2 0.5 3 0.4
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MMA electrode with a rutile metal powder type flux coating on a pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving
freedom from porosity.
Recovery is about 175% with respect to core wire.
PA/1G PB/2F
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0
Length (mm) 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.3 13.8 15.9
Pieces/carton 258 159 108
STORAGE
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Cr Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
25 4 12 2 0.5 3 0.4
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Self-shield flux cored wire for surfacing applications in the flat and HV positions. The tubular wire has a lime-fluorspar flux fill
which eliminates the need for an external shielding gas. Nominal 60HRC deposit is produced which is non-machinable. Metal
recovery about 90% with respect to wire.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
35 7 1 13 5 <1 12 1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Self-shield flux cored wire for surfacing applications in the flat and HV positions. The tubular wire has a lime-fluorspar flux fill
which eliminates the need for an external shielding gas. Nominal 60HRC deposit is produced which is non-machinable. Metal
recovery about 90% with respect to wire.
PACKAGING DATA
Spools in cardboard carton: 13kg
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
35 7 1 13 5 <1 12 1
WORKHARD 13MN
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
MMA electrode with basic metal powder type flux made on C Mn Si S P Cr Mo
low carbon steel core wire. Electrode coating is designed min 0.5 11.0 0.3 -- -- -- 0.6
to give sound porosity-free deposits coupled with smooth max 0.9 16.0 1.3 0.03 0.03 0.5 1.4
operation. Recovery is about 120% with respect to core typ 0.8 13 0.6 0.01 0.02 0.2 1
wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
SPECIFICATIONS Typical hardness: As deposited Work Hardened
AWS A5.13 EFeMn-B Brinell (HB) 170-220 380-550
BS EN 14700 E Fe9 Vickers (HV) 180-230 400-580
Rockwell 87-96 HRB 41-54 HRC
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No 71 WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
13%Mn Hadfield steel. Used for surfacing other steels
using a suitable buffer layer PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G
APPLICATIONS
Workhard 13Mn electrode deposits a fairly soft ductile OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
weld metal which rapidly work hardens under heavy Diameter (mm) 3.2 4.0 5.0
impact and battering to become wear and abrasion min. A 80 100 140
resistant. The parent steel, developed by Hadfield in max. A 140 180 240
1883, is the oldest alloy steel and its resistance to gouging
abrasion is exceptional and unique.
Used for the reclamation, surfacing and joining of 13%Mn
PACKAGING DATA
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
MICROSTRUCTURE
In the as-deposited condition the microstructure consists STORAGE
of a soft manganese alloy austenite which rapidly work 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
hardens under impact loading. unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
WELDING GUIDELINES Redry 150 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
C and Mo are carefully controlled to minimise the Maximum 350° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
risk of carbide embrittlement but the weld metal Storage: Recommended ambient storage conditions for
and particularly base material are susceptible to opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.
embrittlement when exposed to temperatures in the
range 370-590°C. To minimise embrittlement and
cracking the weld and work piece must be kept cool
FUME DATA
(below 150°C). Use no preheat, low heat inputs, small
Fume composition, wt % typical:
weld beads and cool with water, swabs or air blasts if
Fe Mn Cr F OES (mg/m3)
necessary.
A buffer layer, such as MetMax 307R, should be used prior 19 23 0.1 10 2.2
to surfacing mild or alloy steels with WorkHard 13Mn.
MetMax 307R should also be used as a buffer to avoid the
need for large multi-pass deposits of WorkHard 13Mn.
COBSTEL 6 (ECoCr-A)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
MMA electrode with rutile type flux made on special cobalt C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo W Fe Co
alloy core wire. Electrode coating is designed to give sound min 0.7 -- -- 25.0 -- -- 3.0 -- bal
porosity-free deposits coupled with smooth operation and max 1.4 2.0 2.0 32.0 3.0 1.0 6.0 5.0 bal
low dilution. Recovery is about 110% with respect to core typ 1.2 0.2 0.8 28 2 <0.5 4.5 3 60
wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
SPECIFICATIONS Temperature, °C
AWS A5.13 ECoCr-A Typical as-welded hardness :
+20 +400 +600 +800 +900
BS EN 14700 E Co2 (Nearest classification) Vickers (HV) 350-440 320 280 230 200
Rockwell 35-45 32 28 22 -
Although the hardness reduces steadily with temperature oxidation
resistance is good to in excess of 1000°C.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No 71 WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Used for surfacing mild, low alloy and stainless steels;
and also for nickel base alloys. PA/1G PB/2F
Can also be used for the repair of UNS R30006, Stellite 6
(Deloro Stellite). OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC+/- VE OR AC (OCV: 50V MIN)
Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2
APPLICATIONS min. A 70 90
This is the most widely used cobalt base type and max. A 115 155
combines good abrasion resistance with resistance to
corrosion, erosion and thermal shock. It also has excellent PACKAGING DATA
COBSTEL 8 (ECOCR-E)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
MMA electrode with rutile type flux made on special cobalt C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo W Fe Co
alloy core wire. Electrode coating is designed to give sound min 0.15 -- -- 24.0 2.0 4.5 -- -- bal
porosity-free deposits coupled with smooth operation and max 0.40 1.5 1.0 29.0 4.0 6.5 0.50 5.0 bal
low dilution. Recovery is about 110% with respect to core typ 0.3 0.2 0.6 26 3 5.5 <0.1 3 60
wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
SPECIFICATIONS Temperature, °C
Typical as-welded hardness :
AWS A5.13 ECoCr-E +20 +400 +600 +800 +900
BS EN 14700 E Co1 Vickers (HV) 320 210 170 110 100
UNS W73021 Rockwell 30 - - - -
The as-deposited room temperature hardness can be increased to
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED 450HV (44HRC) by work hardening.
Used for surfacing mild, low alloy and stainless steels;
and also for nickel base alloys. WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
Can also be used for the repair of similar base materials
(UNS R30021, Stellite 21 - Deloro Stellite, and BS 3146 ANC
14 castings) although it is optimised for surfacing not
joining. PA/1G PB/2F
WELDING GUIDELINES
For smoothest operation DC+ve or AC should be used, FUME DATA
but for minimum dilution DC-ve is preferable. Fume composition, wt % typical:
Preheat not required, but advisable for first layer when Fe Mn Ni Cr Co W F OES (mg/m3)
deposited on hardenable alloy steels. Interpass control 1 4 1 10 19 1 9 0.5
to ~200°C maximum is advisable to minimise possible
hot cracking in heavy multipass deposits.
Deposits are machinable with carbide tools and may be
finished by grinding where necessary.
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
API 5L grades A, B, X42, X52, X60
ASTM/ASME A36; A106 grades A, B &C; A139; A210
grades A1 & C; A234 grade WPB; A334 RELATED ALLOY GROUPS
The 1%Ni consumables (data sheet A-40) are used
grade 1, A216 grade WCA, WCB, WCC
for applications requiring better low temperature
BS EN 10025 grades S235 & S275
impact properties.
BS 1449 pt 1 grades 1-15 & 34/20-43/25;
3059, 3601 & 3602 grades 320 & 360;
4360 grades 43 & 50; 1501 grades 151
& 161
DIN St37; St44; St50; St52
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE
Process Product Specification
ER70S-2 AWS ER70S-2
TIG ER70S-3 AWS ER70S-3
APPLICATIONS ER70S-6 AWS ER70S-6
Used for a diverse range of applications in general FCW Metcore DWA 50 AWS E71T-1M
MICROSTRUCTURE
Predominantly ferrite
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.6 3.2
TIG 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
STORAGE
Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH, >18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
53 7 < 0.1 < 0.1 0.1 1.2 5
Solid copper coated wire for TIG welding. This is a higher carbon double deoxidised wire with Mn and Si which produces reliable
impact properties.
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.4
TIG to order to order
STORAGE
Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH, >18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
53 7 < 0.1 < 0.1 0.1 1.2 5
PACKAGING DATA
Diameter (mm) 1.6 2.4 3.2
TIG 5 kg tube 5 kg tube 5 kg tube
STORAGE
Recommended ambient storage conditions: <60% RH, >18°C.
FUME DATA
Fume composition, wt % typical (TIG fume negligible):
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
53 7 < 0.1 < 0.1 0.1 1.2 5
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Flux cored wire with a rutile flux system for spray transfer at low currents and easy operation in all welding positions, including
positional pipework. The wire is designed for standard mild and CMn steels. Suitable for single-sided welds on ceramic backing
systems. Low moisture potential giving weld metal hydrogen content of typically < 5ml/100g. Metal recovery 90% with respect
to wire.
OPERATING PARAMETERS
Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed 80%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
Diameter (mm) amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 130-300A, 16-32V 232A, 26V 15-25mm
PACKAGING DATA
Spools supplied in cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any possibility of
porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
FUME DATA
Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
36 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 2 5
ULTRAMILD
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
Special low strength MMA electrode made with a basic low C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb V
hydrogen coating on pure iron core wire. Moisture resistant min -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
coating gives weld metal hydrogen content <5ml/100g. max 0.03 0.6 0.4 0.015 0.020 0.10 0.30 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.05
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with typ 0.02 0.4 0.3 0.010 0.010 0.02 0.05 0.01 0.03 0.01 0.01
respect to whole electrode.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As welded Min. Typical
SPECIFICATIONS Tensile strength (MPa) 430 460
AWS A5.1M E6018 H4 0.2% proof strength (MPa) 330 370
4d 22 33
Elongation (%)
ASME IX QUALIFICATION 5d -- 29
+20° -- 200
QW432 F-No 71 Impact ISO-V(J) -20°C -- 100
QW442 A-No 1 -30°C 27 45
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 160/150
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Mild and CMn steels.
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
APPLICATIONS
Ultramild gives a soft, ductile low strength weld metal
designed to absorb high shrinkage strains and minimise
the build-up of residual stresses. It is a basic low hydrogen PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G
electrode with the lowest levels of alloying, microalloying
and deoxidation compatible with satisfactory radiographic OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
quality, resulting in ductile weld metal of about 300MPa yield Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0
strength. min. A 70 80 100
Applications include repair of fabrication-induced cracks in max. A 110 140 180
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
NILSIL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION CHEMICAL COMPOSITION (WELD METAL WT %)
MMA electrode with a special rutile alumino-silicate flux on C Mn Si * S P
high purity mild steel core wire. In common with E6013 type min -- 0.2 -- -- --
electrodes, the as-deposited weld metal hydrogen may exceed max 0.10 0.8 0.10 0.03 0.03
a hydrogen potential of 15ml/100g. typ 0.05 0.5 0.06 0.01 0.02
Metal recovery is about 95% with respect to core wire, 65% Sizes larger than 3.2mm not recommended for positional
with respect to whole electrode.
ALL-WELD MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
SPECIFICATIONS As welded Typical
No relevant national specifications, nearest AWS A5.1 E6013 Tensile strength (MPa) 450
0.2% proof strength (MPa) 380
Elongation (%) 4d 30
ASME IX QUALIFICATION Reduction of area % 60
QW432 F-No
QW442 A-No
WELDING POSITIONS (ISO/ASME)
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
Low silicon steels.
BS 2858. PA/1G PB/2F PC/2G PF/3Gu PE/4G
Armco iron.
OPERATING PARAMETERS, DC +VE OR AC (OCV: 70V MIN)
APPLICATIONS Diameter (mm) 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Nilsil deposits mild steel weld metal with a very low silicon min. A 70 80 100 140
content of 0.10% maximum. It is designed specifically for the max. A 110 140 180 240
fabrication and repair of hot-dip zinc galvanising baths and * Analysed silicon will include a small proportion present as
lead pots. The steels used for these applications are usually non-metallic silicate inclusions. Alloyed silicon is therefore
either Armco iron, aluminium killed or rimming steel which are
FLUXES FOR USE WITH LOW ALLOY CrMo, STAINLESS STEEL AND NICKEL BASE WIRES
This section includes submerged arc welding (SAW) fluxes for CrMo low alloy steels, austenitic stainless steels, duplex and superduplex
stainless steels and nickel base alloys. The data sheets in this section include data specific to the flux, further information on the
wires and strips can be found on the relevant alloy data sheet in Sections A, B, C, D & E.
An indication of the basicity of the fluxes is given using a basicity index (BI) the most common of which is the Boniszewski index which
is calculated from the molecular weight of each component using the following formula:
Flux consumption will vary slightly from one flux to another and also with welding parameters, the consumption increasing as the
voltage increases. As a general approximation about 1kg of flux is consumed for every kg of wire melted; for estimation purposes a
flux:wire ratio between 1 & 2 is normally used. The unfused flux can be recycled but the recycled flux should be limited to about 10%
of the blend to avoid the build-up of fines.
There is a European specification (BS EN ISO 14174) for the classification of fluxes and also a DIN specification both of which allow a
flux to be classified according to its characteristics. ASME/AWS does not have any standards for the classification of a flux they only
classify wire-flux combinations. The ASME/AWS standards currently only cover mild and low alloy steel wire–flux combinations; there
are no ASME/AWS standards for stainless steel or nickel base wire-flux combinations.
AWS EN / EN ISO
DataSheet Product AWS Classifications
Classifications Classifications
F-11 LA436 General purpose flux for low alloy and Cr-Mo steels -- S A AB 1
F-14 LA490 High basicity flux for P91 and P92 -- S A FB 1
F-20 SSB Flux for duplex and superduplex stainless steel -- S A AF 2
F-22 P2007 Flux for general purpose stainless steel -- S A AF 2
F-30 NiCu Basic flux for alloy 400 -- S A CS 2
F-35 NiCr Basic low silica flux for nickel alloys -- S A FB 2
FLUX
LA436 FLUX
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION WELDING GUIDELINES
Neutral, aluminate basic, agglomerated flux. The appropriate preheat or interpass temperature
Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~1.6. controls will be dependent on the material being
welded, guidelines can be found on the data sheet
for the appropriate wire. PWHT recommendations, if
required, will also be found on the appropriate wire data
sheet.
SPECIFICATIONS
BS EN ISO 14174 S A AB 1 67 AC H5 TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS
Current: DC or AC; DC+ operation is preferred.
Suitable for single or tandem wire, with a current
carrying capacity of 700A.
Typical parameters for a 2.4mm wire are:
ASME IX QUALIFICATION 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel speed.
QW432 F-No QW442 A-No
PACKAGING DATA
Metrode LA436 flux is supplied in sealed moisture
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED
resistant 25kg metal drums.
The base materials to be welded include ASTM A335 P11,
P22 and P36.
STORAGE
Preferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH,
APPLICATIONS >18°C.
The LA436 flux is designed for welding low alloy and creep If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
resisting CrMo steels (eg. data sheets A-12, A-13 and A-23). period, it should be redried in the range 250-400°C for
LA436 flux is suitable for joining and surfacing. LA436 1-2 hours.
shows a silicon pick-up of ~0.3% and manganese pick-up
of ~0.4% with a 1%Mn wire (in accordance with BS EN ISO
14174). FUME DATA
SAW fume is negligible.
LA490 FLUX
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION WELDING GUIDELINES
Agglomerated fluoride basique flux for 9% chromium Guidelines will depend on the material being welded.
creep resisting steels. For further details see the appropriate alloy data sheet
Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~3.0. Particle eg. for modified 9CrMo (P91) using 9CrMoV-N wire see
size is 0.2–2.0mm. Nominal composition of the flux is: data sheet A-17 and for P92 using 9CrWV wire see data
sheet A-20.
36%(CaO+MgO) + 27%(CaF2) + 30%(SiO2 +Al2O3)
9CrWV 0.09 0.7 0.3 0.006 0.008 8.6 0.6 0.4 0.04 1.7W, 0.14V, 0.054Nb, 0.001B
SSB FLUX
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION WELDING GUIDELINES
Basic non-alloying agglomerated flux for submerged arc Specific guidelines will depend on the alloy being
welding with a wide range of stainless steels. Basicity Index welded but for most alloys that SSB flux is used with no
(according to Boniszewski) is ~2.2. Nominal composition of preheat will be required. For austenitic stainless steels
the flux is: the maximum recommended interpass temperature
40%(Al2O3+MnO) + 10%(SiO2+TiO2) + 50%(CaF2). is 250°C but for duplex and superduplex this would
The low level of silica minimises pick-up of Si, and loss of normally be restricted to 100-150°C maximum.
Mn and Cr.
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS
Designed for DC+ only with wires up to 4mm diameter
SPECIFICATIONS and ~750A. However wires for the materials listed
BS EN ISO 14174 S A AF2 DC below would normally be 1.6, 2.4 or 3.2mm with a
maximum of ~600A; with ER329N and Zeron® 100X the
wire diameter is further restricted as are the welding
parameters, see alloy data sheets for further infor-
ASME IX QUALIFICATION mation.
Typical parameters for 2.4mm wire are:
QW432 F-No QW442 A-No 270-430A, 27-28V, 350-500mm/min travel speed.
P2007 FLUX
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION WELDING GUIDELINES
Basic non-alloying agglomerated flux for submerged arc Specific guidelines will depend on the alloy being welded
welding with a wide range of stainless steels. Basicity but for most alloys that P2007 flux is used with no
Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~1.6. preheat will be required. For austenitic stainless steels
The low level of silica minimises pick-up of Si, and loss of the maximum recommended interpass temperature is
Mn and Cr. 250°C but this may be restricted to 100-150°C maximum
for some applications.
NiCu FLUX
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION MICROSTRUCTURE
Basic agglomerated flux for submerged arc welding and Solid solution, single phase alloy, slightly ferromagnetic
strip cladding using 65NiCu wire (AWS ERNiCu-7). near room temperature.
NiCr FLUX
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
TYPICAL OPERATING PARAMETERS
Highly basic agglomerated flux for submerged arc welding Current: DC+, Dc- or AC; DC+ operation is preferred.
with a wide range of nickel base alloys (e.g. 20.70.Nb, 62-50 Normally used for single wires up to 3.2mm diameter
and HAS C276). and up to 450A. Smaller wires and lower currents are
Basicity Index (according to Boniszewski) is ~4.5. Nominal normally used to minimise the risk of hot cracking,
composition of the flux is: particularly for joining applications.
5%(SiO2) + 50%(CaO+MgO+MnO+K2O) + 10%(CaF2) +
Typical parameters for joining with 1.6mm wire are:
35%(Al2O3) 260A, 26V, 350mm/min travel speed.
SPECIFICATIONS PACKAGING DATA
BS EN ISO 14174 S A FB 2 Metrode NiCr flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant
20kg metal drums.
ASME IX QUALIFICATION
QW432 F-No QW442 A-No STORAGE
Preferred storage conditions for open drums: <60%RH,
MATERIALS TO BE WELDED >18°C.
With appropriate wires nickel base alloy 625 (data sheet D-20),
If flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
alloy 600 (data sheet D-10) and alloy C-276 (data sheet D-30)
period, it should be redried in the range 250-400°C for
can be welded; see wire data sheets for further details.
1-3 hours.
WELDING GUIDELINES
NiCr flux is generally used on alloys that require no
preheat, have a maximum interpass temperature of
150°C and do not require PWHT. Further information
can be found on the data sheet for the respective alloy.
Wire C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe Ti W
20.70.Nb 0.01 3 0.2 0.01 0.01 20.5 bal - 2.3 1 0.1 -
62-50 0.02 0.2 0.2 0.01 0.01 21.5 bal 8.5 3.3 1 0.1 -
HAS C276 0.02 0.3 0.2 0.01 0.01 15.5 bal 15.0 - 5 - 3.7
FAMILY NAMES
“Families” of related consumables are identified with brand names which are briefly described below.
Armet Armour welding electrode
Chromet Chromium-molybdenum low alloy electrodes
Cobstel Cobalt-base stellite type electrodes
Cormet Chromium-molybdenum flux and metal cored wires
Cupromet Copper and cupronickel electrodes
Hardcore Hardfacing cored wires
KS Suffix for all-positional (generally basic) electrodes with emphasis on pipework
Methard Hardfacing electrodes
Metmax Stainless high recovery electrodes made on mild steel core wire
Nimax Nickel-base high recovery electrodes made on nickel core wire
Nimrod Nickel-base electrodes
Super R Stainless rutile electrodes (25.20 and 29.9 only)
Supercore Stainless, Nickel base and P91, P92 gas-shielded flux cored wires
Supercore P All-positional stainless gas-shielded flux cored wires
Supermet Stainless (acid) rutile electrodes
Supermig Stainless (high silicon) solid MIG wires
Thermet High temperature austenitic electrodes
Tufmet Low alloy electrodes for sub-zero toughness
Ultramet Stainless rutile all-positional electrodes
Ultramet B Stainless basic all-positional electrodes
Ultramet P Fully positional (including vertical down) pipe welding electrodes, suitable for root welding
Vertamet Stainless (acid) rutile vertical down electrodes
Workhard Hardfacing electrodes with ability to work-harden
www.metrode.com 389
OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION
ABBREVIATIONS
A amps
AC alternating current
AFNOR l'Association Française de Normalisation (French Standards Association)
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM specifications form ASME Code II parts A and B)
AW as-welded
AWS American Welding Society (AWS specifications form ASME Code II part C)
BS British Standard
BS EN British Standard Euronorm (progressively superseding BS)
CTOD crack tip opening displacement (measurement of fracture toughness)
DC+/-ve direct current, electrode positive/negative
DIN Deutsche Institut für Normung (German Standards Institute)
FCAW Flux Cored Arc Welding
FCW Flux Cored Wire
FN Ferrite Number (FN = % ferrite up to 8FN, 18FN = 15% ferrite)
GMAW Gas Metal Arc Welding (= MIG/MAG)
GTAW Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (= TIG)
HAZ heat affected zone
HB hardness, Brinell scale
HRC hardness, Rockwell C scale
HV hardness, Vickers scale (= VPN, Vickers Pyramid number); also horizontal-vertical welding position
ISO International Organisation for Standardisation
J Joule (unit of energy in Charpy test or heat input, 1 watt-second)
kJ/mm kilojoules per mm: heat input = V x A x time (sec) divided by 1000 x ROL (mm)
ksi (=1000psi) kilopounds per square inch (1ksi = 6.895N/mm2)
LNG liquefied natural gas
LPG liquefied petroleum gas
MAG Metal Active Gas welding (= GMAW) MCW
MCW Metal Cored Wire
MIG Metal Inert Gas welding (= GMAW)
MMA Manual Metal Arc welding (stick electrodes = SMAW)
MPa (=N/mm2) megapascals (=Newtons per square mm ), (1N/mm2 = 0.145 ksi)
NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers (USA)
OCV open circuit voltage for AC operation
PREN Pitting Corrosion Resistance Equivalent Number (= %Cr + 3.3%Mo + 16%N)
PREW Pitting Corrosion Resistance Equivalent (= %Cr + 3.3%Mo + 1.75%W + 16%N)
PWHT post weld heat treatment (usually equivalent to stress-relief)
RCC-M Design and Construction Rules for Mechanical Components of PWR Nuclear island
RH relative humidity, %
ROL run-out length, mm
SAW Submerged Arc Welding
SMAW Shielded Metal Arc Welding (stick electrodes = MMA)
TIG Tungsten Inert Gas (= GTAW)
TÜV
V volts
WH work hardened
WRC Welding Research Council
> greater than (prefix)
< less than (prefix)
OTHER INFORMATION
~ approximately (prefix)
390 www.metrode.com
OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION
WELDING POSITIONS
Some welding engineers prefer to use the standard AWS/ASME terminology for welding positions – some use a general description – some
use a mixture of both!
It is useful in describing welding procedures if we all understand each other. This chart shows the basic AWS/ASME (and BS EN) welding
positions, together with the outline descriptions. The AWS/ASME positions are described in ASME IX and the European terminology is used in
BS EN 287-1 and defined in ISO 6947.
Pipe is rotated
FOR PIPES
while welding
SYMBOLS USED ON DATA SHEETS FOR WELDING POSITIONS – ASME (BS EN)
OTHER INFORMATION
www.metrode.com 391
OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION
CONSTITUTION DIAGRAMS
SCHAEFFLER DIAGRAM
WRC 1992
DIAGRAM
Ni equ. = %Ni + 35x%C + 20x%N + 0.25x%Cu
OTHER INFORMATION
The WRC-1992 diagram predicts ferrite content for a wide range of stainless weld metal compositions, including duplex and superduplex types.
Weld metals solidifying in the FA and F regions have best resistance to hot cracking; those in the fully austenitic region (A) are most sensitive.
When nitrogen content is unknown (and not intentionally added) assume 0.08%N for gas-shielded MIG/FCW, 0.12%N for self-shielded FCW,
and 0.06%N for all other purposes.
392 www.metrode.com
OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION
DELONG DIAGRAM
CONVERSIONS
APPROXIMATE ELECTRODE SIZE EQUIVALENTS APPROXIMATE CONVERSION FACTORS
Diameter Length To convert into multiply by
mm inch inch SWG mm inch General
0.8 1/32 0.031 21 inch (in) millimetre (mm) 25.4
200 8
0.9 - 0.035 - millimetre (mm) inch (in) 0.0394
1.0 - 0.039 19 230 9 foot (ft) metre (m) 0.3048
1.2 3/64 0.047 18 metre (m) foot (ft) 3.281
1.6 1/16 0.063 16 250 10 pound (lb) kilogram (kg) 0.4536
2.0 5/64 0.078 14 kilogram (kg) pound (lb) 2.205
2.4 3/32 0.094 12 300 12 ton tonne 1.0161
2.5 - 0.098 - imp gallon litre (l) 4.546
3.0 - 0.118 11 350 14
cubic foot (cu ft) litre (l) 28.32
3.2 1/8 0.125 10 cubic foot/hour (cfh) litre/min (l/min) 0.472
4.0 5/32 0.156 8 380 15
litre/min (l/min) cubic foot/hour (cfh) 2.12
5.0 3/16 0.188 6 Stress
450 18
6.0 1/4 0.250 4 tonf/in2 N/mm2 (= MPa) 15.44
LENGTHS OF TIG WIRE PER KILOGRAM* kgf/mm2 (kp/mm2) N/mm2 (= MPa) 9.807
ksi (=1000 lbf/in2) N/mm2 (= MPa) 6.895
Diameter N/mm2 (= MPa) tonf/in2 0.0647
mm m/kg N/mm2 (= MPa) kgf/mm2 (kp/mm2) 0.102
0.8 260 N/mm2 (= MPa) ksi (=1000 lbf/in2) 0.145
N/mm2 (= MPa) hbar 0.1
1.0 158
Impact energy
1.2 114 ft lbf J 1.356
1.6 65 kgf m J 9.807
OTHER INFORMATION
www.metrode.com 393
OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION
CONVERSIONS
APPROXIMATE HARDNESS CONVERSION (BASED ON ASTM E140)
Rockwell B Rockwell C Vickers Brinell Products of approximately equivalent hardness
55 - 100 100
60 - 107 107
65 - 116 116
70 - 125 125
75 - 137 137
80 - 150 150 CI Soft Flow Ni
85 - 165 165 Ultramild
90 - 185 185 CI Special Cast NiFe
95 - 210 210 308L, 316L, 307 (AW)
100 ~20 240 240 Nimrod/Nimax C (AW), P91/P92 (PWHT)
- 22 248 247 625 (AW)
- 25 266 253
- 28 286 271 Railrod, 29.9 Super R, duplex
- 30 302 286 Chromet 2 (AW), superduplex
- 35 345 327 410NiMo (AW)
- 40 392 371 Methard 350
- 45 446 421 Cobstel 6, 625 (WH), 307 (WH), P91/P92 (AW)
- 50 513 481
- 55 595 560 Methard 650
- 60 697 654 Methard 850
- 62 746 688 Methard 750TS
- 65 832 - Methard 950, Methard 1050
- 68 940 -
TWI
50
E140
40
30
Rockwell C
20
10
HRC = 0.091 HV - 2.4
0
OTHER INFORMATION
394 www.metrode.com
OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION
www.metrode.com 395
OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION
396 www.metrode.com
OTHER USEFUL INFORMATION
R435 (metal)
Type Code Nominal weight Outer diameter Inner diameter Outer width Bore diameter Pin hole
(kg) d1 d2 b d3 d4 e1
Plastic - mini S100 0.7/1.0 100 - 45 16.5 - -
Plastic – midi S200 5 200 55 50.5 55 44.5
Plastic S300 12.5/15 300 - 103 50.5 10 44.5
Wire basket BS300 12.5/15 300 189 103 50.5 - -
Wire spool (adaptor) B300 12.5/15 300 180 100 - - -
OTHER INFORMATION
www.metrode.com 397
INDEX
398 www.metrode.com
INDEX
www.metrode.com 399
INDEX
400 www.metrode.com
INDEX
www.metrode.com 401
INDEX
402 www.metrode.com
INDEX
www.metrode.com 403
INDEX
404 www.metrode.com
INDEX
www.metrode.com 405
INDEX
406 www.metrode.com
INDEX
www.metrode.com 407
INDEX
2507 (Avesta/Sandvik) B-61, B-62 195, 200 330C11 (BS3100) C-41 263
253MA (Avesta Polarit) C-20 246 331C40 (BS3100) C-41 263
254SLX (Avesta Polarit) B-40 156 332C13 (BS3100) B-63 205
408 www.metrode.com
INDEX
A353/A353M D-20, D-33 293, 307 BS1501 grade 271, 281 A-61 88
A356 Gr 9 A-14 29 BS1501 grade 510/510N D-20, D-33 293, 307
A387 Gr 11 & 12 A-12 11 BS1501 grade 620/621 A-12 11
www.metrode.com 409
INDEX
C96200 D-70 321 Dissimilar B-50, B-51, E-21, E-22 170, 177, 344, 348
C96400 D-70 321 DP3W (Sumitomo) B-61 195
CA101-103 E-36 354 Ductile irons E-11 337
410 www.metrode.com
INDEX
www.metrode.com 411
INDEX
412 www.metrode.com
INDEX
www.metrode.com 413
INDEX
414 www.metrode.com
INDEX
www.metrode.com 415
INDEX
416 www.metrode.com
www.metrode.com
Metrode Products Limited
Hanworth Lane, Chertsey
Surrey, KT16 9LL
United Kingdom
tel: +44(0)1932 566721
fax: +44(0)1932 565168
e-mail: sales@metrode.com
www.metrode.com